^ 



AWAIIAN CLUB PAPERS. 



//iTB 



^M /-^/i^ 



KDITKD HY A COMMITTEE OF THE CLUB. 




OCTOBER, 1868. 



.4- 



BOSTON: 
PItKS.S OF ABNEK A. KINGMAN, 

1868.. 



-ffi 



H 



O-W^ll 






HAWAIIAN CLUB PAPERS. 



EDITED BY A COMMITTEE OF THE CLUB. 




OCTOBER, 1868. 



BOSTON: 

PRESS OF ABNER A. KINGMAN, 

' 1868. 



Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1868, bj- 

THE HAWAIIAN CLUB, 

in tlie Clerk's Office of the District Court for the Disti-ict of Massachusetts. 



EDITIONS. 

POUR HUNDEED AND FIFTY COPIES PLAIN ;^ 
FIFTY CLUB COPIES TINTED. 



■H3 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 



The Hawaiian Club, E. P. Bond, . . .1 

Eaely Wells of Honolulu, .... James Hunneivell, . 2 

Voyages of the Ancient Hawaiians (From 

Kamakau), S. B. Bole, . . .4 

The Hawaiian Translations of the Scriptures, B. W. Clarh, . . 7 

Kaumualii's Diamond, 01 

Anecdote of Ivamehameha, . 11 

Stort of Paao (From Kamakau), . . . . S. B. Bole, . . .13 

Production and Consumption of Sugar, 17 

Hawaii at the " Exposition Universelle," ^ 

Paris, 1867, J. F. Humeiuell, . . 18 

Islands of the North Pacific, 29 

First Printing at the Hawaiian Islands, . /. F. Hunnewell, . . 38 

A Missionary Episode, S. B. Dole, . . 38 

Eruption of the Hawaiian Volcanoes, . W. T. Brigham, . . 40 

The Hawaiian Flora, W. T. BrigJiam, . 45 

Rev. Asa Thurston, 49 

J. P. Parker, . 50 

Current Events, 52 

Table of Exports and Imports for 1867, 58 

A list of Books published at or relating 

TO the Hawaiian Islands, ... W. T. Brigham, . .63 

The Hawaiian National Hymn, . . . Mrs. Lilia K. Dominis, 116 

Constitution and By-Laws of the Hawaiian Club, . . . 118 

List of Officers and Members, 119 



HAWAIIAN CLUB PAPERS. 



THE HAWAIIAN GLUB. 

The Hawaiian Club was formed in January, 1866, by a few 
gentlemen, who having, at diiferent periods during the last forty 
years, resided at the Hawaiian Islands, felt that strong attachment 
for them which is so general among those who have once lived 
there. Their object was partly to revive pleasant associations by 
occasional meetings to discuss the past and present condition of 
Hawaii, and partly to advance the prosperity of the country and 
the interests of the United States and her citizens there, by calling 
attention to the great imj)ortance of the group, political and com- 
mercial, and by collecting and difiusing information in regard to 
its past history and present condition. 

In furtherance of these objects the Club has met once a month, 
usually in the city of Boston, but occasionally in a more social 
way at the country residence of some one of its members. 

It has corresponded with the" friends of Hawaii, resident at the 
Islands. It has sought, through delegations at Washington, and 
through newspaper publications and personal interviews of its 
officers and members with men of influence, to further every 
measure which would benefit the Islands, such as the establishment 
of steam mail communication between San Francisco and Hono- 
lulu, and the negotiation and ratification of a treaty of commercial 
reciprocity between the United States and Hawaiian Governments. 



Interesting facts relating to the past and passing history of 
Hawaii have frequently been called forth at the meetings of the 
Club. Many of these facts have never been recorded, and it has 
been proposed that they should be reduced to writing by their nar- 
rators, and that such of them as may be deemed of suthcient inter- 
est and value should be printed for the use of the members of the 
Club, and of those who take an especial interest in Hawaiian 
affairs. 

In pursuance of this purjDOse, the present sheets are published 
as an exj)eriment; and it has been determined to publish in this 
form, statistics and other material relating to the Islands which 
might be useful to members of the Club, and which at present is in 
a much less accessible form. It is hoped that in this way valuable 
information may be conveniently preserved. 

In an appendix will be found the articles of organization of the 
Club, and a list of its ofiicers and members. 



EARLY WELLS OF HONOLULU. 

The first attempt to dig a well at Honolulu was made by Wm. 
R. Warren, an American, about the year 1820, in the central part 
of tlie village as it then was, and in nearly the highest part. He 
went down through the yellow loam and volcanic sand some eight 
or nine feet, to the great bed of coral that underlies the whole 
town. The loam caved in, making a frightfully large hole. The 
superstitions of the natives were aroused by some foreigners who 
were hostile to anything American, and that fearful hole had to be 
abandoned. 

The first successful effort to dig a weU was made some two 
years later^ by Joseph Navarro, a New Yorker, in his yard, after- 
wai'ds owned by Stephen Reynolds, not far from the Bethel, if my 
reckoning is correct (and not far from my old sandal-wood store- 
house, not a vestige of which has been seen for upwards of forty 
years), some thi-ee or four hundred feet from the shore. He went 
down about eighteen feet ; eight or ten feet through loam and vol- 



— 8 — 

canic sand, and some eiglit feet through, the coral bed, the upper 
surface of which was very uneven. The bottom of the coral bed 
was 'as uneven as the top, and the whole was full of cavities and 
channels through which the fresh water ran towards the shore. 

Through the coral the well was hewn with an ordinary Ameri- 
can woodaxe. Near the middle of the bed, a hard, projecting 
lump was found, which required several blows of the axe to part it 
from the surrounding mass, and in falling, it drew with it what at 
first seemed to be a knot several inches long, but on examination 
proved to be a bone of the size and shape of a human thighbone. 
I, with others, handled it, and, at the time, was of opinion that it 
was a human bone, and this opinion was strengthened by the fact 
that from one of the cavities before mentioned in the coral bed, the 
skull of a human being was taken, in good order and preservation, 
but darker than a new skull. It evidently had some strength in 
it as it was kicked about by boys. The cavities did not communi- 
cate with the surface. Neither myself, nor any who saw these 
remains, were naturalists, and the opportunity of describing and 
preserving these most interesting fossils was neglected. 

The second well was dug in 1822, I think, on a part of the 
Holmes premises occupied by Captain Wm. H. Davis, nearly 
opposite the main enti'ance of the estate now (1868) owned by 
Charles Brewer, Esq., and I think near the northern line of the 
present Fort Street. The ground here is a very little higher than 
where the Navarro well was located, and this second well was 
three or four hundred yards from the first in a northeasterly direc- 
tion. The substrata proved to be the same as in the former case, 
and the coral was full of cavities, from which were taken a number 
of small bones, which I, with several others, examined and consid- 
ered the bones of a man's hand or foot. 

From the facts related and on reflection, I am led to the conclu- 
sion that the Islands were inhabited by man, before and during 
the formation of that vast body of coral that underlies Honolulu. 



Many of the present wells, especially those on the plain east of 
Honolulu, towards Waikiki, pass through the coral bed, which is 
full of cavities and cracks, and is jjermeated with streams of fresh 
water from the mountains. They are usually sunk nearly to the 
sea level. In one well on this plain a strong current sets con- 
stantly from the mountains to the sea. 



VOYAGES OF THE ANCIENT HAWAIIANS. 

The ancieiit meles and legends mention tlie arrival of canoes 
at these Islands a very long time ago, probably about the com- 
mencement of the Christian Era, and speak of other lands and 
things which were seen by the men who came in them, in the 
great ocean. 

Formerly the Hawaiians included the island of Bolabola and 
other foreign countries, under the one name, Kahiki ; and thus, at 
this day, all who sail to foreign lands are called " Poe Holokahiki." 

In the history and genealogies of the forefathers of the nation, 
from Kumuhonua to the time of Welaahilaninui and his wife Owe, 
there were twenty generations of men. Because of their wander- 
ings they said that they had no home, nor any land that they 
could call their own, till they landed on the shores of the Hawaiian 
Islands. This is certain, that they came first from Kahiki, and 
their descendants after them were acquainted with the route 
thither, and to other lands. 

Papa, who was called Wahinui, and also Haumea by some, 
(which is incorrect, for Haumea was a different personage, being a 
Goddess, and her ojffspring belonged to the family of the Gods,) 
gave birth to a son who became the progenitor of chiefs and 
people. 

It is said that Papa at last sailed to Nuumehalani, where her 
father Kukalaniehu, and her mother Kahakauakoko, lived, an 
island guarded on all sides by lofty precipices, and there Papa still 
renews her youth ; about whom the men of Kalaikuahulu, who are 
skilled in genealogies and legends, sung : -^^ — 

" Eeturn, Papa, from the islands of Kahiki : 
Jealous anger burns the hearts of Wakea's concubines, 
Dee^D affection stirs the bosom of thy husband." 

The ancients possessed accounts of a large whirlpool which they 
called Moanawaikaioo, which was often alluded ' to in their tradi- 
tions. They had also discovered the Black Sea and the Green , 
Sea and the Red Sea ; thus runs the old song : — 

" A sea tossing ships, 
A sea of burning coals, 
Is the azure sea of Kane. 



— 5 — 

The birds sip the waters of the Eed Sea ; 

And the waters of the Green Sea. 

Never silent, never quiet, never sleeping 

Are the gently breaking waters of the rippling sea." 

The old Hawaiians often mentioned the land of dwarfs ; a land 
where the people, said they, were so small that one ordinary man 
could carry ten of them. Punaluu is reported to have brought 
one of these little men to Kau on Hawaii, and he lived at Moaula, 
inland from Kopu. Wahanui also brought a pair of " Siamese 
twins" from some country to Kauai, where they were seen by the 
Kauaiians. 

Many Hawaiians in those times sailed to Nuuhiva, to Bolabola, 
to Upolu, to Savaii, to Kolaniku, to Holanimoe, to Kakukake, to 
Lalokapu, to Kuukuu, to Malimali, to Muliwaiolena, to Mookuu- 
lulu, and to many other places, as we learn by the legends and the 
prophecies and the prayers for discovering other countries. 

Such are the traditions of the settlement of these islands, and 
of the navigation and discoveries of the Hawaiians, as handed 
down from the past. 

TRADITION OF KAULU. 

Kaulu was born at Kailua Koolaupoko, fifteen generations from 
the time of Welaahilaninui. He said that he had visited every 
laud, and had seen all the kingdoms of the world ; that he looked 
into the Maelstrom Waikaioo, and visited the great continents, 
which are Asia and Europe. He was the explorer who brought 
back the edible dirt of Kawainui. In his hymn recounting the 
success of his voyage around the world, thus he speaks : — 

" I am Kaulu 

The adopted son of Kalona. 

The far-seeing explorer; 

Who forbiddeth sleep ; 

Who watcheth for the daybreak. 

Who hurleth the spear. 

Kaulu of the land. Kaulu of the sea. 

! Kaulu the builder of canoes, 

! Kaulu the pilot of a fleet. 

Thou spannest the heavens. 

Thou cans't grasp the night and the day; 

Thou cans't reach oixt to the ends of the earth. 

All lauds are explored by Kaulu. 



— 6 — 

AL lands are finished by Kaulu, 

Even to the coral reefs where the sea thunders. 

From the times, perhaps, of Kn, 

From the times, perhaps, of Lono 

Greatness has degenerated. 

By the witness of these shells, of this fish skin, 

By the witness of these necklaces, 

Is this flight of Kela proved. 

Is this flight to the Northern whirlpool proved. 

By my father Kakulani, 

By my father's bones, I swear." 

Whatever may be the veracity of Kaulu in this, his story, the 
fact of his voyage to Kahiki, at any rate, is true. 



TRADITION OF HEMA. 

Hema, who was born at Hana, East Maui, was one of those 
who went to Kahiki. He lived sixteen generations after Kaulu. 
Just before the birth of his son Kahai, at lao Wailuku, he sailed 
for Kahiki to receive the tax (palakt) for the birth of his son, for 
his wife was from Kahiki, as were her parents and grandmother. 
Hema was not heard from afterwards. When Kahai grew up, he 
asked of his mother : " Where is my father ?" His mother an- 
swered : " Your father went to Kahiki to receive the palala for 
you, but the pilots, perchance, were led astray by the Aianukea, 
the bird of Kane, for he has never returned." Then said Kahai to 
his mother : "I will search for my father." Thus speak the proph- 
ets of his voyage : — 

" The rainbow of the path of Kahai. 
Then Kahai arose and stirred himself; 
Kahai answered to the bright cloud of Kane ; 
The eyes of Alihi are troubled ; 
Kahai looked up at the slanting light 
Which shone on men and on canoes, 
From above the Southern Star. 
This, Kahai, is the way to look for your father; 
Go on over the black waves-of the ocean. 
Through the thunders of the temple of Heaven. 
Then demanded Kane of Kaualoo ; 
For what is this large fleet 
That Kahai is coming in V 
I am looking for the path to the South, 
There at Kahiki, at Ulupaupau; 
To land on the shores of Kahiki." 



— 7 — 

TRADITION OF PAUMAKAU. 

Paumakau was born at Kaneohe Koolaupoka. He went to 
some foreign land and b.rouglit back the foreigners who were 
white, and called them Kaekae and Malii. A certain prophet told 
the story in these words : " The strangers were tall, with sparkling 
eyes, and brought with them rabbits with pink eyes, and large 
white hogs with red eyes." 

These traditions, and others of a similar nature, and the tradi- 
tion of the sending to Kahiki for chiefs when they were scarce 
among the Hawaiians, show the wonderful skill of the ancient 
Hawaiians in navigation. The distance from Hawaii to Kahiki is 
over three thousand miles, and that these daring men were able to 
track their way thither and back, without compass, chart, or quad- 
rant, seems wholly incredible, until explained by the light of sim- 
ilar and undeniable facts, which show that the unlettered and 
barbarous races are often, when occasions demand, blessed with an 
instinct which, in power and extent, seems little short of direct 
inspiration. 



THE HAWAIIAN TRANSLATION'S OF THE SCRIP- 
TURES. 

As the new and revised edition of the Hawaiian Bible has been 
recently published at New York, Rev. E. W. Clark, who has had 
the entire charge of stereotyping and printing, was requested to 
furnish the following account : — 

Soon after the Hawaiian language was reduced to writing by 
the first missionaries, small portions of the Bible were translated 
and printed. When I joined the Mission in 1828, the Sermon on 
the Mount, the history of Joseph, and a few pages of the Gospel 
of Luke had been printed, or were in press. From this time the 
translation of the Bible became a prominent part of missionary 
labor, and was urged forward as fast as a knowledge of the lan- 
guage and other circumstances would permit. 

The following persons took part, more or less, in the first trans- 
lation : — 



Eev. H. Bingham, Eev. A. Thurston, Eer. Wm. Eichai'cls, Eev. 
A. Bishop, Eev. L. Andrews, Eev. J. S. Green, Eev. E. W. Clark, 
and Eev. S. Dibble.^ 

The work devolved mainly on the first four above named, as 



1 From Dibble's History, the following extract shows more particularly the individ- 
ual work of the Translators : — . 





TRANSLATED BY 


FIEST 


PKINTED IN 


Genesis, 


Thurston and Bishop, 


Honolulu, 


1836.* 


Exodus, 


Richards, 


" 


" * 


Leviticus, 


Bingham, 


" 


<i # 


Numbers, 


Thurston and Bishop, 


" 


II * 


Deuteronomy, 


" " 


" 


11 * 


Joshua, 


Eichards, 


" 


(1 * 


Judges and Euth, 


" 


" 


1835. 


I. Samuel, 


Thurston^ 


" 


" 


II. Samuel, 


Bishop, 


" 


" 


I. Kings, 


Bingham aud Clark, 


" 


1838. 


II. Kings, 


Thurston, 


" 


" 


I. Chronicles, 


Bishop, 


" 


" 


II. Chronicles, 


Green, 


Lahaina, 


1836. 


Ezra, 


Thurston, 


Honolulu, 


1839. 


Nehemiah, 


Dibble, 


Lahaina, 


1835. 


Esther, 


Richards, 


" 


" 


Job, 


Thurston, 


Honolulu, 


1839. 


Psalms, 1-75, 


Bingham, 


" 


(1831-9.) 


Psalms, 76-150, 


Eichards, 


" 


" 


Proverbs, 


Andrews, 


Lahaina, 


1836. 


Ecclesiastes, 


Green, 


" 


" 


Solomon's Song, 


" 


" 


'1 


Isaiah, Jeremiah, 


Eichards, 


'< 


1836-8. 


Lamentations, 


" 


" 


" 


Ezeliiel, 


Bingham, 


Honolulu, 


1839. 


Daniel, 


Green, 


" 


" 


Hosea, Habakkuk, 


Thurston, 


" 


" 


Zepheniah, Malachi, 


Bishop, 


" 


" 


Matthew, 


Bingham and Thurston, 


Eo Chester, 


N. Y., 1828.* 


Mark, 


Eichards, 


" 


11 * 


Luke, 


Bingham, 


Honolulu, 


1829. 


John, 


Thurston, 


Rochester, 


1828. 


Acts, 


Eichards, 


Honolulu, 


1829. 


Homans, 


Thurston and Bishop, 


" 


1831. 


I. Corinthians, 


Eichards, 


" 


" 


II. Corinthians, 


Thurston, 


" 


11 


Galatians, 


Thurston and Bishop, 


" 


" 


Philippians, 


" " 


" 


" 


Colossians, 


Bingham, 


" 


1832. 


Hebrews, 


it • 


" 


" 


James, 


Eichards and Andrews, 


" 


" 


I. and II. Peter, 


Eichards, 


" 


« 


I., II. and III. John, 


Eichards and Andrews, 


" 


" 


Jude, 


" " 


9 


11 


Uevelations, 


" 


? 


9 



* Selectiona from the books marked * ivere published earlier in the form of tracts. — DibbU, p. 435. 



— 9 — 

they had been longer on the ground, and were more familiar with 
the language. Portions of Scripture when translated by one of 
the above, passed into the hands of others for revision, before be- 
ing printed. The Hebrew and Greek texts were consulted, both 
by the translators and reviewers. Such other helps were employed 
as could be obtained, especially the help of the most intelligent 
natives. Separate portions were printed as soon as ready for the 
press. 

The first uniform edition of the New Testament was printed in 
1836, and the first edition of the whole Bible in 1839. This was 
a 12mo, and usually bound in three volumes. An octavo edition 
of the whole Bible was printed at the Mission Press in 1843. 
These two editions contained about 20,000 copies in all. Several 
editions of the New Testament were printed separately, usually 
numbering about 10,000 to an edition. The expense of these 
works was borne mainly by the American Bible Society. 

While on a visit to this country in 1856, I was requested by the 
Mission to superintend the electrotyping of" a Biglot New Testa- 
ment, Hawaiian and English, with references. Plates of this work 
were jjrepared, and two or three editions have been printed off, 
and transmitted to the Islands. 

In 1857, the Mission, assembled in General Meeting, resolved 
to make preparations for a new and revised edition of the whole 
Bible, with marginal references. A committee was appointed to 
commence the work of revision. The work finally devolved main- 
ly on myself, as chairman of this committee, assisted by Revs. W. P. 
Alexander, J. F. Pogue, D. Baldwin, Pres. W. D. Alexander, and 
Rev. A. O. Forbes. In 1864 the revision had so far progressed, 
that it was decided that I should come to this country to superin- 
tend the electrotyjaing of the work, read . proofs, &c., at the Bible 
House, New York, the Bible Society having kindly offered to pre- 
pare plates of the work. The work was commenced at the Bible 
House in October, 1864, and the plates were completed in the sum- 
mer of 1867. One edition, in octavo form, and one smaller edition 
in quarto, have been printed off, with one thousand extra copies 
of the New Testament. These have been handsomely bound in 
different styles, and a part of the copies are now on their way to 
the Islands. A Bible of the quarto form has been elegantly bound, 
and forwarded to the king, as a present from the American Bible 
Society. 



— 10 — 

Plates of a small New Testament, 18mo, more especially for the 
use of Sabbath and other schools, are now being prepared at the 
Bible House, under my supervision. When these are completed, 
we shall have three sets of plates at the Bible House, — one set of 
the Biglot New Testament, one of the whole Bible, and one of the 
small Testament. From these, copies can be multiplied as they 
shall be needed. These plates will probably last as long as the 
Hawaiian people shall last as a people speaking the Hawaiian 
language. 



New Testament, 


12mo 


. 1836. 


u 


i( 


8vo, . . . . . 


1837. 


i i . 


a 


(( 


. 1843. 


u 


a 


8vo, Hawaiian and English, 


1857. 


u 


a 


18mo, .... 


. 1868. 


Bible, 




12mo, 3 vols. 


1839. 


a 




8vo and 4to, pp. 1452, . 


. 1843. 


i i 




8vo and 4to, References, . 


1867. 



KAUMUALirS DIAMOND. 

In the early days, after the discovery of the Ha,waiian Islands, 
the chiefs often ordered goods from Europe and the United States, 
through the shipmasters who traded between those places and the 
Islajids. 

On one occasion, during the reign of Kaumualii, King of 
Kauai, Captain Wiles, who was about to sail for the States, called 
on him at his royal residence at Waimea, to receive his orders. 
The captain and his supercargo were ushered into one of . the 
apartments of the grass palace, and after respectfully saluting the 
king, who reclined en dishabille on his hikie, seated themselves at 
a small table, which stood against the side of the room, and pre- 
pared to take down the items on paper. Kaumualii, who had been 
taking his afteriioon nap, and was attended only by his Iwikicamoo,'^ 
immediately arose, and wrapping a light hapa around his form, 

1 Back-scratcher. 



—11— 

seated himself on a brilliant Niibau mat in the coolest part of the 
room, and after sending out his attendant to order a repast of fish 
and fowl for his guests, proceeded to business. As he had doubt- 
less already made up his mind as to the articles he wished to order, 
the list was quickly told oif and written down, showing by its con- 
tents the character of the man and the circumstances of his little 
kingdom, as well perhaps as the message of a president or the 
speech of a premier usually exhibits the condition of a nation. 
Besides a large assortment of dry goods and hardware, articles of 
adornment and implements of peace, there was a large order for 
powder and muskets, and a battery of field-pieces for the benefit of 
that insolent Kamehameha, who was even then threatening to 
invade his dominions. 

" Is there anything more ?" asked the captain, after the chief had 
finished his enumeration. 

The latter, without any reply, arose and paced the floor in si- 
lence for about ten minutes, evidently in deep thought ; then facing 
the captain, he answered: — 

" I am told that the white kings always have precious stones and 
diamonds, to add to their glory ; now there is only one thing more 
that I want you to bring me, and that is a diamond." 

" How large a diamond shall I get for you ?" asked the captain. 

" Well, I don't know exactly ; how large do they have them ?" 

The captain never having traded in diamonds, could give no very 
definite information as to the size of the articles ; neither could his 
supercargo, who, however, ventured the remark that he believed 
they were not very large. At length, after further unsatisfactory 
discussion, Kaumualii, with a lordly grunt of relief, settled the 
question by telling the captain that a diamond of the size of a 
cocoanut would answer. 

History drops its curtain over the result of the negotiation. 



ANECDOTE OF KAMEHAMEHA. 

In the last years of his life, Kamehameha the First became 
a strict temperance man, indulging only at times in light wines. 



— 12 — 

He also carried his j)rinciples into the administration of gov- 
ernment, and issned a royal proclamation forbidding the man- 
ufacture of distilled or fermented liquors ; the penalty for disobe- 
dience to this law was the hao^ a species of confiscation or at- 
tainder, in which the wrongdoer was stripped of all his property 
down even to his calabashes and malo, and sometimes banished for 
a fixed time from the district in which the offence was committed. 

Shortly before the death of the king, when he was lying in his 
palace quite feeble with age and infirmity, his courtiers, thinking 
that nothing would benefit him so much as stimulants of some 
kind, which, however, they could not persuade him to take, devised 
a plan which gave great 2Dromise of success. Accordingly, Don 
Paulo Manini prepared with his usual skill a drink of gin and 
eggs and sugar and spices, taking care to add liberally the latter 
constituent, in order to drown the odor of the gin ; and then taking 
the fragrant mixture, he went in unto the king on his hands and 
knees, and gave it to him to drink. Kamehameha raised himself 
up on his Mkie, and took the bowl in both hands and slowly raised 
it to his lips, but before he had time to taste the contents, his ex- 
perienced nose detected the flavor of the gin through the disguise 
of the spicy incense that ascended and filled the room with its 
tempting aroma, and turning his eyes, terrible in anger*, on Don 
Paulo, who humbly knelt at his feet, without saying a word threw 
the steaming contents of the bowl into the face of the latter. 
Paulo Manini, with his eyes painfully smarting, dared not show a 
sign of anger, or even to wipe his face, but remained motionless, 
blinking and trembling lest the wrath of Kamehameha, unappeased 
with this punishment, should lead him to cut him down with his 
sword, which always lay within his reach, till at last the king gave 
him a sign of dismission, and he abjectly crawled out of the room ; 
when he was safe outside, his manner of humility changed to one 
of pride and anger, and as he wiped the remains of the highly 
spiced egg-nog from his face, he said to his friend who had been 

waiting the result: "If he do such a thing to me again, me, 

if I no resent it." 

It is believed that Manini never gave the water-drinking mon- 
arch an opportunity to repeat the offence. 

1 All the high chiefs had the power of inflicting the Imo for all offences not cap- 
ital; and this practice continued until the people had a written code of laws. 



— 13 — 



STOEY OF PAAO. 

Many centuries after the Hawaiian Islands were settled by the 
ancestors.. of the present race of natives, there lived on the island 
of Upolii a powerful priest, by the name of Paao, who, with his 
followers, besides their possessions on Ujjolu, held lands at Vavau, 
and also at what is now called New Zealand ; for they often made 
long voyages to distant countries. 

Now Paao had a brother by the name of Lonopele, who also 
was a priest, a man of great influence, and skilled in all the arts 
of divination. And the two brothers cultivated the ground. The 
land of Lonopele was near the sea, where, with his men, he 
planted trees, and raised fruit of every kind ; and the fruit of his 
trees was finer than that of any other place. And it came to pass 
one morning, as Lonoj)ele walked out early among his trees, that 
he found them stripped of all the ripe fruit ; and because he had 
before seen the son of Paao near the trees, and looking wistfully 
at them, he suspected that he was the one who had taken the fruit. 
Therefore he put on his hihei and went and found Paao, and told 
him of his loss, and accused his child of the theft. Paao said to 
him: 

" Surely ! thou knowest, perhaps, that thy fruit was taken from 
the trees by my son ? " Lonopele answered : 

" I saw the child go there, but indeed did not see him take any- 
thing ; still I am very certain that he did the mischief." 

Then Paao said : " If this be so, I will cut open the stomach of 
my child, and if I do not find the fruit, what then ? " 

Then was Lonopele greatly shocked, and he replied : 

" This thing is not from me ; it is thy proposal alone ; when 
didst thou ever hear of any one cutting open a man to see what 
was inside of him ? Thou alone art responsible." 

" It cannot be helped," replied Paao. " I will cut oj^en my son, 
and if I find the fruit, why then thou are right ; but if I do not 
find any, then thou art wrong." 

So Paao, having made uj) his mind, carried out his purpose, 
and did not find any fruit. Then he told Lonopele to look for 
himself ; but Lonopele spoke and said : 

" Thou alone art the man who examines the insides of a child." 
And he would not look. 



— 14 — 

Then Paao mourned with great lamentation for his son. And 
he said : " I will seek means for the death of thy child, and thus 
avenge this false accusation. And then I will forsake this land." 

Immediately after these things happened, Paao commenced to 
build and fit out canoes for his voyage. And not many days after, 
when the canoes were finished, he put the hapu uj)ou them, that no 
man might touch them till the lolo^ had been offered up to the 
gods for the safety of the canoes. A long time they waited on 
account of the hapu, doing nothing but eating and sleei^ing. One 
day the little child of Lonopele wandered down to where the 
canoes were lying, and amused himself by drumming on them. 
Paao, hearing the noise, said to his men : 

" What is this rumbling sound from the canoes ? " 

And they said: "The son of Lonopele is drumming on the 
canoes." 

Then he ordered them to catch him and kill him ; and they killed 
him. Then Paao made an end of the kapio of the sacrifice ; and 
he took the dead body of the child and laid it on the block on 
which the hinder part of one of the canoes rested. After two or 
three days had passed, Lonopele came to some of the men who 
were at work loading the canoes, in search of his son, greatly 
troubled lest he was utterly lost. While there, he was much 
struck by the beauty and perfection of the canoes, for they were Very 
large and well finished. And examining one in particular, as he 
moved towards the hinder end, he observed a swarm of flies buzz- 
ing about under the canoe, and looking more carefully he saw the 
dead body and recognized it as his own cliild, and saw that he had 
been murdered. At this sight he did not hold in his sorrow, but 
mourned, chanting of his ajBfection for his child, and of his wrath 
against Paao, in these words : " Wonderful art thou, O Paao ! thou 
art the man who, having killed thine own son, have sought occa- 
sion again'fef my son, and lo ! here thou hast killed him, also ; there- 
fore rise up and depart from this land, for thou art a totally bad 
man." And then LonojDele took his child away with mourning 
songs of love for him. 

At this sentence of banishment against Paao, he made ready all 
of his supplies for the voyage. 

1 The saci-ifice (a hog), which, according to custom, was offered up at the com- 
pletion of canoes. 



— 15 — 

The number of those who sailed in these canoes was thirty- 
eight. There were two stewards to divide out the food ; and of the 
chiefs there was Pili, aud his wife Hinaauakii, and Na Mauuowa- 
laia, Paao's sister, who was so named from the grass that Paao 
brought, from the mountains of Malaia, with him to Hawaii. 

Then Paao annointed himself for his voyage of discovery. 

And when they all had gone on board of the cadoes, and were 
about to put off, a prophet came and stood on the top of the cliff 
of Kaakoheo which overhung the beach, and called out to Paao, 
and said : 

" Paao ! let me also be one of those who sail with you." 

Paao said, " Who art thou ?" 

He answered,-" A prophet." 

" What is thy name ?" 

" Lelekoae," replied the man. 

Then Paao called to him to fly down. So he sprung from the 
precipice, but was killed in trying to light on the hard ground be- 
low. Then many other prophets came to the top of the cliffs, 
wanting to sail with Paao ; but he giving them one by one an 
opportunity to try their power of flying in like manner, according 
to the practice of the prophets, they all perished in the attempt. 

Then the fleet sailed; and those who waited to see them off 
went back to their homes, where they met Makuakaumana, and 
said to him : 

" Paao has sailed, and with him the chief Pilikaaiea." 

He answered : " I am one who was to have sailed with him." 

The men replied : " They have gone off straight out to sea ; 
thou canst not reach them." 

Then Makuakaumana ran quickly and stood up on the top of 
Kaakoheo. And he looked in the direction they had gone, and 
the canoes were like specks, and only the sails could be seen above 
the sea. 

Then he shouted with a very great shout : " O Paao ! I too." 
Two, or perhaps three times he shouted ; and Paao heard the far 
distant sound faintly, like the echo of a whisper ; and he bent his 
head and listened, and it was as if the sobbing of spirits rose on 
the air. Then he called out, " Who art thou ? " 

" A prophet." 

" What is thy name ? " 

•' Makuakaumana." 



— 16 — 

Paao said : " The canoe is full, but there is room for one more 
on the momoa." 

" That place is mine," cried the i^roiDhet. 

Then Paao told him to fly along. 

And he flew from the cliff, and over the sea, and came down on 
the momoa of the canoe ; and the men of the canoe stretched out 
their hands to* help him. His flying was like the flying of a bird. 

Then he sj)ake and said : " Here am I. Where art thou ? " 

" On the pola" ^ answered Paao. 

Thus sung the wise men of Kalaikuahulu of the deeds of Ma- 
kuakaumana : — 

" Thou art the many pronged flying fish, 
Compassed on all sides by the circle of the sky ; 
Going out over the dark waters of the ocean. 
Among the thunders of the home of Kane, 
The creator of the heavens. 
Makuakaumana, the great astrologer, 
Thou hast known the islands, 
Thou hast encircled the horizon of Tahiti, 
Soaring over the sea, thou didst light on Kaailia." 

When Lonopele knew that Paao had sailed, he sent against him 
tempestuous winds and storms, the roaring Kona, with gust follow- 
ing gust, and rain squalls, and the typhoon that tears down' villages. 
And they lost the land, and were driven about without being able 
to steer, and they drifted into the clouds of imaged shapes and 
forms. And when the storm was the worst, the fish Aku appeared 
and assisted them in propelling the canoes ; and the fish Opelu, by 
swimming around the canoes broke the force of the waves and 
calmed the sea. At length the storm ceased. Then Lonopele 
looked, and they were not destroyed. So he sent howling winds 
from the north with driving rain, and they were tossed almost to 
the stars, and thrown down almost to the bottom of the sea. And 
when Lonopele saw that they still floated, he sent the Kikahakai- 
wainapali, a huge bird, to vomit over the canoes, and thus sink 
them. But Paao had prepared for all of these things when he 
was making ready for the voyage, and had covered the canoes with 
matting ; so they escaped this danger also. 

And Lonopele persevered in his efforts, but Paao escaped every 
danger. And thenceforth the Aku and the Opelu were sacred in 

1 Pola, the raised platform between the two cauoes, in double canoes. 



— 17 — 

the family of Paao, and in the line of his descendants to the time 
of Hewahewa, the priest of Kamehameha. 

After a long and dangerous voyage, he first saw land at Puna, 
on the island of Hawaii, and there he landed and built a dwelling- 
place for his God ; and he called it the temple of Ahaula, From 
Puna they coasted along the shore and landed at Puuepa in 
Kohala. There they built the heiau of Molokini, which is called 
the temple of Paao. 

At that time Hawaii was without chiefs, which thing had lasted 
for seventeen generations, or I should think for about eight hun- 
dred years. There were, indeed, some chiefs, but 'they did not be- 
long to the line of the royal blood, and tlais is the reason why 
the men of Hawaii sought for chiefs in Tahiti, and in other places. 
During this long period, sometimes men of the people were the 
rulers, and sometimes there were no rulers, and part of the time 
they had chiefs from Maui, and from Molokai, and from Oahu, and 
from Kauai, to govern them. And thus it happened that Pili, who 
came with Paao from Upolu, became the king of Hawaii, and the 
progenitor of the Hawaiian line of kings. 

And Paao increased in influence and power, and made changes 
in the religion of the people ; he also added two idols, which he 
brought with him from Upolu, to the number of those worshipped 
by the Hawaiians. 

Paao's descendants held the office of high priest to the time of 
Kamehameha. 



PRODUCTION AND OONSmiPTION OF SUGAR. 

Senor Ramon de la Sagra, the well-known correspondent 
of the Diario de la Marina, furnishes some interesting statistics 
relative to sugar. The estimates, given in kilogrammes, were 
carefully made up by M. Dureau from data obtained during the 
late Exposition in Paris. In 1866, the total product of sugar 
from cane was 3,159,424,840 lbs., of which Cuba produced for 
export l,20o,855,560 lbs., and the Hawaiian Islands 17,729,161 
lbs. Europe produced 1,490,313,500 lbs. of beet sugar. In 1867, 
the production was 5,151,289,500 lbs., of which Cuba produced 



— 18 — 

nearly one-third, and the Hawaiian Islands 17,127,187 lbs., or 
601,974 lbs. less than the year before. 

During 1866, the world consumed 4,305,809,963 lbs. of both 
beet and cane sugar, of which Great Britain and her colonies used 
1,328,020,382 lbs., and the United States 884,000,000 lbs. Li 
1867, the consumption was 4,497,350,000 lbs., and one-half of this 
was by the United States and Great Britain and her colonies. 



HAWAII AT THE ''EXP.OSITION UNIVERSELLE,"-\ 
PARIS, 1867. 

The exhibition of Hawaiian products, made at Paris in 1867, 
being probably the largest ever made outside the Islands, and the 
most important general evidence in regard to them ever presented 
to the world, it seems well to arrange some account of the various 
material forming that evidence. 

In the Palace of the Exhibition, Hawaii occupied two square 
apartments, each measuring fifteen to twenty feet in length and 
width. These apartments were lined by cases having glazed 
fronts, and wood-work painted cane-color, and were shaded by 
cloth canopies suspended above them. In the Park, forming por- 
tion of the collective exhibition by the Protestant Missionary 
Societies, was, also, a valuable display of books relating to Hawaii 
— mostly published at the Islands, and in the native language. 
Besides these were many articles of early native manufacture. 

Visitors to the Palace were freely offered a printed sheet of four 
pages, giving in French an account of Hawaii, intended for their 
information. A translation of this account is here given to show 
the nature of that information, containing, as it does, some state- 
ments that may have novelty to more than one class of readers. 

Another, and the chief aid to opinion of this exhibition of 
Hawaii, is given in a list of persons and articles represented in it. 
The writer is not aware that such a list has been connectedly 
published. That following is compiled from the " Catalogue 
General," a work of nearly sixteen hundred pages, and the "Au- 
thorized English Version," a work of about one thousand pages, 



— 19 — 

professing completeness, but differing much from the former. 
Through these twenty-six hundred pages is scattered, in sections, 
the account numbered II., following the description of the Islands 
translated upon the next four pages, and numbered I. 




THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 

(Sa?idwich Islands.) 

The Hawaiian Archipelago is coinjiosed of twelve islands situated in 
the Pacific Ocean, between North America and China, in longitude 157° 
to 164° west, and latitude 19° to 22° north. These islands are, in going 
from S.E. toN.W.: Hawaii, capital Hilo, superficies 187 geographical 
square miles; Maui, cap. Lahaina, sup. 28.49; Molokini, an islet; Kalioo- 
lawe, sup. 2.82; Lanai, sup. 4.71; Molokai, sup. 8; Oahu, cap. Hono- 
lulu (cap. of the kingdom, about 13,000 inhabitants), sup. 24.69; Kauai, 
cap. Hanalei, sup. 24.89; Lehua, an islet; Mihau, sup. 3.29; Kaula, an 
islet.- Total superficies, about 285 geographical square miles. 

The Soil is in a high degree volcanic, but very fertile. The island 
of Hawaii has two enormous active volcanoes ; Mauna Loa (height = 
4,195 metres [13.763 feet, English], circumference of the crater = 30 
kilometres [about 18-| miles, English], dejDth = 238 metres [781 feet, 
English) , and Kilauea (circumference of crater = 24 kilometres, [about 
14lf miles, English], depth, = 330 metres [1,083 feet, Enghsh]. 

The principal Mountains are: Mauna Kea (the White mountain, on 
account of its cap of perpetual snow), height, 4,250 metres [13,944 feet, 
English], Mauna Loa, 4,195 metres, Hualalai, 3,050 metres [10,007 feet, 
English], all the three on the island of Hawaii; and Haleakala, 3,070 
metres [10,072 feet, English], on the island of Maui, presenting a crater, 
at this time extinct, 50 kilometres [31.05 miles] in circumfei'ence, and 
more than 600 metres [1,968 feet, English] in depth. The archipelago 



— 20 — 

possesses numerous streams of water, of which some are navigable by 
small vessels, and magnificent cascades and hot springs. 

The Climate is remarkably healthy and mild. At Honolulu, the 
temperature, in the shade, varies between -|-12° and -)-32° centigrade; 
the mean is -)-21°. The prevailing wind is the northeast Trade-wind, 
that blows three out of four days. In winter the southwest wind replaces 
that of the northeast, and brings great rains. Swamps do not exist. 

The Native Population, of the same race and of the same language 
as that peopling all Polynesia, is tall, stout and well made. It has a 
slightly tawny skin, large eyes, fine forehead, nose a little large at the 
base, thick lips, glossy hair, commonly black, but sometimes sandy or 
even brown. It is cheerful, brave and intelligent, and shows a remark- 
able aptness for the exact sciences. 

Constitution. A constitutional hereditary monarchy. Executive 
power: the king, a privy council, four responsible ministers. Legislative 
power: the king and the legislative assembly, composed of nobles ap- 
pointed by the king and representatives elected by all the citizens aged 
over twenty years knowing how to read and write and possessing a prop- 
erty of one hundred and fifty dollars, or an annual income of seventy- 
five dollars. The budget is voted for two years. Judiciary power: a su- 
preme court, composed of a supreme judge, chancellor of the kingdom, and 
of at least two judges; four district courts; police and other tribunals. 
The constitution guarantees liberty of worship, of the press and of in- 
struction, the right of assembly and of petition, trial by jury and setting 
at liberty under bail. 

Royal Family. The King Kamehameha V., born Dec. 11, 1830, suc- 
ceeded his brother Kamehameha IV. Nov. 30, 1863. Father of the king, 
H. H. Kekuanaoa, commander-in-chief. Dowager queens: Kalama, wid- 
ow of Kamehameha III; Emma, born Jan. 2, 1836, widow of Kameha- 
meha IV. 

Cabinet. Minister of Foreign Affairs, M. Crosnier de Varigny, born 
in France; Interior, Mr. Fred. W. Hutchison, born in Scotland; Fi- 
nance, ]Mr. C. C. Harris, born in the United States; Justice, Mr. E. H. 
Allen, born in the United States. 

Religious Worship. Apostolic Vicar, Monseigneur Maigret, Bishop 
of Arathea, in partlbus ; Anglican Bishop, Staley; President of the 
American Protestant Mission, the Rev; Titus Coan. (About a quarter 
of the population belong to the Catholic religion, the remainder is Pro- 
testant.) 

Diplomatic and Consular Body. The United States maintain 
at the Hawaiian Islands a resident minister and two consuls; France and 
Great Britain, each a consul and a commissioner; Belgium, Bremen, 
Chili, Denmark, Spain, Hamburg, Italy, Lubeck, Oldenburg, the Low 
Countries, Peru, Prussia, Sweden and Russia, Consuls or Vice-Consuls. 



— 21 — 

Diplomatic and Consular Agents abroad. The Hawaiian. 
Government has charges d'affaires in England, the United States, 
France and Prussia, and consuls at Boston, Oregon City and San 
Francisco (United States) ; Falmouth, Liverpool, Ramsgate (England) ; 
Australia, Yan Diemen's Land, New Zealand, Vancouver's Island (Brit- 
ish Colonies) ; Carlsruhe (Baden); Bremen; Antwerp (Belgium); Val- 
paraiso (Chili); Hongkong (China); Copenhagen (Denmark); Ham- 
burg ; Genoa (Italy) ; Bordeaux, Havre and Marseilles (France) ; Jajoan . 
and Peru. 

Finances. Public debt, March 31, 1866, $182,974. Budget of ex- 
penses for the service of 1866-7: Civil List, 8-40,000; Endowments, 
^20,000; Interior (comprising public works), $398,223; Foreign Af- 
fairs, $22,600; Finances, $143,995; War, $66,026; Justice, $83,800; 
Public Instruction, $41,924; Miscellaneous, $42,329; total, $858,897. 

Instruction. Teaching is free, and numerous establishments largely 
diffuse instruction. They all receive subsidies of the State, under the 
superintendence, and through the care of the Bm-eau of Education and 
the Inspector General of Schools. The two chief establishments are the 
Catholic College of Ahuimanu and that of the American Protestant 
Mission at Lahainaluna (island of Maui) . 

The Royal Society of Agriculture publishes from time to time reports 
of its works. 

Institutions for Relief. H. M. Queen Emma has founded near 
Honolulu, a hospital that bears her name. There exists also an Asylum 
for the Insane, a Hospital for American seamen, a Lazaretto, a large 
number of charitable societies, and a Board of Health, presided over by 
the Minister of the Interior. 

Productions, Industry and Commerce. The soil yields all the 
products of tropical and temperate countries, of which very many are of 
recent importation. The chief article of food of the natives is the root 
of the kalo (arum esculentum) . Almost aU the useful animals have been 
introduced by Europeans. Sheep, goats, cattle and horses multiply 
rapidly, and are now very numerous. The pasturage is excellent. 

Honohdu has a large sugar refinery, a foundery, with means for mak- 
ing machinery, gas works, mills, etc., and sugar mills are in operation on 
most of the islands. 

The products on which exporting especially relies are : Sugar (export 
in 1866 for the single jDort of Honolulu, 17,729,161 pounds, molasses 
851,795 gallons), flour, rice (438,367 pounds), coffee (93,682 pounds 
against 263,705 pounds in 1865), salt (738 tons), cotton (22,289 pounds), 
goat skins (76,115 bales), hides (282,305 pounds), tallow (159,731 
pounds against 179,545 in 1865), pulu, a vegetable down, the product of 
a fern (212,026 pounds), wool (73,131 pounds against 144,085 in 1865), 
whale oil (91,182 gallons), whalebone (56,840 pounds), etc. Of other 



— 22 — 

products, silk, tobacco, mats, and woods for cabinet work, serve also to 
furnish articles of export. 

In 1865 the importations were in amount $1,944,265, and the exports 
$l,808,257,in which the native products came to $1,430,211. Since 1861 
especially, Hawaiian commerce has taken a rapid and continuous rise, 
and the resoi^rces of the Islands have developed themselves in very great 
proportion. 

The principal articles of import are: cotton and woolen goods, articles 
of clothing, coal, castings and iron, tools and machinery, naval outfits, 
the alimentary conserves of Europe and the spirits of the United States. 

Navigation. Tlie Islands possess excellent roadsteads and ports, 
of which the principal is Honolulu, that are important resorts, es- 
pecially for whalers. In 1865 one hundred and eighty of these vessels 
arrived at the various ports, and the export and import commerce was 
carried on by one hundred and fifty-one merchant vessels, measuring 
altogether 67,068 tons. There is also a very active coasting trade be- 
tween the different islands. Finally, the regular line of steamers from 
San Francisco to China is bound to touch at Honolulu. 

About half of the entire commerce is with the United States, and a 
sixth with Bremen. There exists between that port and Honolulu, a 
regular line served by Hawaiian vessels. 

Weights and Measures. The weights and measures are the same 
as those of the United States and England, but preparation is being 
made to adopt the French metrical system. The coins are those of the 
United States. 

Flag. The flag is composed of eight horizontal bands disposed in the 
following order, from, top to bottom: white, red, blue, white, red, blue, 
white, red, with a blue square at the upper angle towards the staff, trav- 
ersed by a double red cross bordered with white. 



II. 

HA WAIL 

Exhibitors at the Universal Exhibition at Paris, 1867, 
according to the corrected Official Catalogues (September Editions), 
published by authority of the Imperial Commission, and arranged ac- 
cording to the system adopted by that Commission, thus showing the 
representation of Hawaii in the various departments of production. 

Group I. Works of Art. 

Class 1. Paintinss in Oil. 2. Other Paintings and Drawings. 3 



Sculpture, Die-Sinking, Stone and Cameo Engraving. 4. Architectural 
Designs and Models. 5. Engraving and Lithography. 

Represented in 
Class 3 by 

Chase, H., Honolulu. — Photographs of various Landscapes in the 
Hawaiian Islands ; Portrait of H. M. King Kamehameha. 

Group II. Apparatus and Application of the Liberal 
Arts. 

Class 6. Printing and Books. 7. Paper Stationery, Binding, Painting 
and Drawing Materials. 8. Application of Drawing and Modeling to 
the Common Arts. 9. Photographic Proofs and Apparatus. 10. Musi- 
cal Instruments. 11. Medical and Surgical Instruments and Apparatus. 

12. Mathematical Instruments and Apparatus for Teaching Science. 

13. Maps and Geographical and Cosmographieal Apparatus. 
Represented in 

Class 6 by 

1. Evangelical Association of Hav^^aii, Honolulu. — Primer; 
Huinalielu (Arithmetic); Hawaiian Bible; Hymn Book; Catechisms; 
Hoikehonua (Geography) ; Mooolelo o ha Ekalesia (History of the 
Church); New Testament; Hele MaliJiini (Pilgrim's Progress); 
Sunday School Books ; Transactions of the Royal Hawaiian Agri- 
cultural Society. 

2. Damon, S. C, Honolulu. — The Friend, Bi-monthly Journal. 

3. Franklin, Lady, London. — "Ka Buke o ka Pule^^ (English 
Prayer Book) , translated by the late King Kamehameha IV. 

4. , Hawaiian Government. — Various Pamphlets ; Civil Code and 
Penal Code; Constitutions of 1841 and 1852; Ka Hae Haioaii (The 
Hawaiian Flag), journal; The Hawaiian Gazette; Collection of laws 
passed at diiferent periods from 1845 to 1865; Mooolelo Hawaii 
(Hawaiian History); The Polynesian, journal; Hawaiian Reports; 
The Hawaiian Spectator, journal. 

5. GuLiCK, L. H., Honolulu. — Ka Nupepa Kuokoa (The Independ- 
ent Press), illustrated journal. 

6. Whitney, H. M., Honolulu. — Himeni (Hymns); Hawaiian- 
English Dictionary ; Ke Kaao o Laieikawai (Legend) ; Na Huaolelo 
(English-Hawaiian Vocabulary) ; Hawaiian Dictionary. 

Class 9, see Group I., Chase, H. 
Class 12 by 

1. Crosnier de Varigny, Honolulu. — Collection of Postage stamps 
of the country. 
Class 13 by 

1. Crosnier de Varigny and Em. F^nard, Honolulu. — Map of 
the Hawaiian Archipelago, with statistical tables. 



— 24 — 

2. College of Lahainaluha (island of Maui). — Map of the 
Archipelago. 

Group III. Furniture and Other Objects for the use of 
Dwellings. 

Class ]4. Furniture. 15. Upholstery and Decorative Work. 16. 
Flint and other Glass; Stained Glass. 17. Porcelain, Earthern ware, 
and other fancy pottery. 18. Carpets, Tapestry and Furniture Stuffs. 
19. Paper Hangings. 20. Cutlery. 21. Gold and Silver Plate. 22. 
Bronzes and other Artistic Castings and Eapousse Works. 23. Clock 
aiad Watchwork. 24. Apparatus and Processes for Heating and Light- 
ing. 25. Perfumery. 26. Leather Work, Fancy Articles, and Basket 
Work. 

Represented in 
Class 14 by 

1. HoLDSWORTH, H., Zo/idZon.— Table made at Honolulu with the 
wood of the country. 
Class 15 by 

1. Maluaikoo, J., Honolulu. — Frame decorated with shells. 

2. F:^NARD (Emile), Honolulu. — Frames of various woods of the 
country, filled with photographs. 

Class 18 by 

1 . H. M. Queen Emma. — Mat twenty-four feet long. 

2. Franklin, Lady, London. — Mat from the island of Niihau. 

3. Havv^aiian Government. — Mat from Niihau ; mat cushions. 

4. Crosnier de Varigny, Honolulu. — Mat twenty-one feet by 
fourteen. 

5. HOFFSCHL^GER & Cc, Honolulu. — Door mats of cocoa-nut fibre. 
Class 26 by 

1. Doyen, Mrs.., Honolulu. — Basket in shells of the country. 

Group IV. Clothing — Including Fabrics— and other Ob- 
jects worn on the Person. 

Class 27. Cotton Yarns, Threads and Tissues. 28. Flaxen and 
Hempen Yarns, Threads and Tissues. 29. Combed Wool and Worsted 
Yarns and Fabrics. 30. Carded Wool and Woolen Yarns and Fabrics. 
31. Silk and Silk Manufactures. 32. Shawls. 3.3. Lace, Net, Embroid- 
ery and Trimmings. 34. Hosiery, Under- Clothing and Minor Articles. 
35. Clothing for both Sexes. 36. Jewelry and Ornaments. 37. Porta- 
ble Arms. 38. Travelling and Camp Equipage. 39. Toys. 

Represented in 
•Class 28 by 

1. Franklin, Lady, London. — Piece of kapa or tapa, stuff made of 
beaten bark. 



— 25 — 

2. Hawaiian Government. — Piece of very fine kapa, and mallets 
with graduated channels used to beat this stuff; pieces of kapa, 
printed and plain, with bark ready for weaving; beating mallet. 

3. H. M. Queen Emma. — Pieces of kapa of different colors ; piece 
of black kapa; mallets for beating this cloth. 

Class 34 by 

1. Crosnier de Varigny, Honolulu. — Canes of cocoa-nut wood 
and sandal-wood cutters. 

2. JuDD, A. F., Honolulu. — Canes of cocoa-nut wood. 
Class 35 by 

1. H. M. Queen Emma. — Straw hats; sugar-cane leaf hats; hat 
straw. 

2. Franklin, Lady, London. — Two necklaces in red and green 
feathers of the Oo; Kahili, insignia in feathers, formerly carried be- 
fore persons of quality in ceremonies; pelerine of Oo feathers 
(Drepanis pacifica) , formerly insignia of very high rank. 

3. Hervey, Lord C, London. — Grand royal mantle of Oo feathers. 

4. Hawaiian Government. — : Hair necklace, worn formerly by 
chiefs; sacred vase, about one hundred years old, carried formerly 
by chiefs as a talisman; Oo feather necklace; model of native hut, 
made of leaves of the pandanus, with mat covering the ground. 

5. HoLDSWORTH, H., London. — Necklace. 
Class 37 by 

1. Hawaiian Government. — Javelin wood of Kauwila {cilphitonia 
excelsa) . 

Group V. Products, Raw and Manufactured, of Mining, 
Industry, Forestry, etc. 

Class 40. Mining and Metallurgy. 41. Forest Products and Indus- 
tries. 42. Products of the Chase and Fisheries ; Uncultivated Products. 
43. Agricultural Products (not used as food) easily preserved. 44. 
Chemical and Pharmaceutical Products. 45. Specimens of the Chemi- 
cal Processes used in Bleaching, Dyeing, Printing and Dressing. 46. 
Leather and Skins. 

Represented in 
Class 40 by 

1. Crosnier de Varigny, Minister of Foreign Affairs, Honolulu. 
— Collection of volcanic products; sulphur, lava, pumice-stone, 
stalagmites and silky fibres from the volcanoes of Mauna Loa and 
Kilauea. 

2. H. M. Queen Emma. — Common gourds and calabashes, gourds 
and calabashes with designs. 

Class 41 by 

1. Fischer, W., Honolulu. — Specimens of A^arious woods suitable for 
cabinet work. 



— 26 — 

2. Hasslochee, E. (Hawaiian Consul), Carlsruhe. — Specimens of 
wood for cabinet making. 

3. Hawaiian Government. — Large gourd, with its cover; bottle 
gourd; calabashes for domestic use; vessels in hard wood; fan made 
of plaited leaf and sandals of bark fibre. 

Class 42 by 

1. Hawaiian Government. — Fibres and fabric of native barks; 
pulu, vegetable down obtained from a fern. 

2. Pease (W. Harper) Honolulu. — Collection of Hawaiian shells. 
Class 43 by 

1. Elbing, Honolulu. — Tobacco and cigars. 

2. Ford, S. P., Honolulu. — Sea Island Cotton. 

3. Janion, E,. C, Hawaiian Consul at Liverpool. — Specimens of 
Hawaiian wool. 

4. Janion, Green & Co., Wcdmea. — Washed wool. 

Group VI. Apparatus and Processes used in the Com- 
mon Arts. 

Classes 47 to 66 inclusive. Represented in 
Class 49 [Implements used in the Chase, Fisheries, and Gathering 
Wild Products] by 
1. Hawaiian Government. — Bark fibre net; netting shuttle; line 
and hook in mother of pearl and bone ; small harpoon in iron-wood. 
Class 56 [Apparatus and Processes used in Weaving] by 

1 . H. M. Queen Emma. — Blocks used for printing kapa. 

2. Hartbostee, Isaac, Island of Maui. — Blocks used for printing 
kapa. 

Class 65 by 

1. Hawaiian Government. — Wooden adze with stone cutting 
edge. 
Class 66 [Navigation and Life Boats; Yachts and Pleasure Boats] by 

1. H. M. Queen Emma. — Model of double canoe. 

2. Hawaiian Government. — Model of double canoe, with deck 
made of network, with its paddles. 

3. HoLBSWORTH, H., London. — Two models of canoes. 

Group VII. Food, Fresh or Preserved, in Various 
States of Preservation. 

Class 67. Cereals and other Farinaceous Products, with their Deriva- 
tives. 68. Bread and Pastry. 69. Fatty Substances used as Food, 
Milk and Eggs. 70. Meat and Fish. 71. Vegetables and Fruit. 72. 
Condiments and Stimulants; Sugar and Confectionery. 73. Fermented 
Drinks. 



— 27 — 

Eepresented in 
Class 67 by 

1. Honolulu Eice Mill. — Rice grown from South Carolina seed, 
gathered in the island of Hawaii and prepared at the factory of 
Honolulu, 25tli March, 1866; Arrowroot, Tapioca. 

2. Savidge, S., Honolulu. — Arrowroot, tapioca. 

3. Janion, Geeen & Co., Honolulu. — Arrowroot of Waiaha, island 
of Hawaii. 

Class 72 by 

1. Ball & Adam, WailuJcu, Island of Maui. — Sugar. 

2. Hawaiian Government. — Roots of the aioa (Macrojiiper methyst- 
icum) . 

3. HoFFSCHLCEGER & Co., Honolulu. — Kona coffee in shell. 

4. J.\NiON, Green & Co., JSbnoMM.^Sugars. 

5. Savidge, S., Honolulu. — Coffee of Kona, island of Hawaii; 
sugars. 

Group VIII. Live Stock, and Specimens of Agricultural 
Buildings. 

Not rejDresented. 

Group IX. Live Produce, and Specimens of Horticul- 
tural Works. 

Not represented. 

Group X. Articles exhibited with the special object of 
improving the physical and moral condition of the people. 

Classes 89 to 95, inclusive and concluding. 
Represented in 
Class 89 [Apparatus and methods used in the Instruction of Children] 

by 

Hawaiian Government. — Books for Education: Kummnua (Primer) ; 
Hoailonahelu (Algebra) ; Huinahelu (Ai'ithmetic) ; -Helunaau, Helu- 
kamalii (Mental Arithmetic) ; Lira Hawaii., Lira Icamalii (Hymns) ; 
Alakaimua (Primer); Ui no ke Akua (Catechism); Hoikehonua 
(Geography) ; Palapalaaina (Atlas) ; Olelo Hoakaka no ka Honua 
(Questions in Geography) ; Anahonua (Geometry) ; Hawaiian 
Grammar, by Andrews; Dictionary, Hawaiian and English; Yo- 
cabulary, English and Hawaiian; Mooolelo Hawaii (Hawaiian His- 
tory); New Testament; Ao kiko (Punctuation). 

[Many samples of sugars, from different plantations, were exhibited, 
that do not appear upon this catalogue. Missionary Societies also exhib- 
ited in the Park, as described hereafter.] 



— 28 — 

In the Park, situated in its universal confusion, or perhaps cos- 
mopolitan assemblage of the works of almost every variety of 
humanity for almost every variety of purpose, all in strange prox- 
imity, was the building forming the Exhibition Hall of the Evan- 
gelical Missionaiy Societies of the World, — a building having for 
neighbors on its four sides a club house, a large collection of the 
latest weapons of war, a Mexican idol-temj)le, and "Allee de 
Washington," — a compliment to America, — and also a tramway. 
In this building the London Missionary Society showed the prin- 
cipal war-god of Kamehameha I., a red-feathered head with very 
long, slant, pearl-shell eyes and unaimiable asjDect. Near it the 
"American Board" showed two cases. One presented many idols 
and other heathenish productions, and was labelled " Hawaii, 
1816." The other presented "many books and sheets, j)rinted 
mostly, if not entirely, in native language, and was marked " Ha- 
waii, 1866." The "Board" had there, for distribution, an octavo 
tract of eight pages, containing a sketch of its operations, and the 
following allusions : — 

" As the people of the Hawaiian Islands, through the efforts of 
the American Board, were brought up from the condition of sav- 
age barbarism to a place among Christian nations, a few specimens 
are exhibited of the idols formerly worshipped, and of the various 
implements once in use, now happily matters of history." The 
Board exhibited about eight hundred different publications in 
nearly forty languages (out of two thousand works issued by its 
presses), and of these this HawaJian collection was a conspicuous 
portion. The Religious Tract Society of London published an 
account of the Mission Exhibitors, with a reference to Hawaii 
similar to that just given. 

For description of awards see Hawaiian Gazette. 

^ The first edition of the official Catalogue of Exhibitors awarded 
prizes by the International Jury, reports the two following : — 

Class 6. Bronze medal, to Printing Establishment of the Ha- 
waiian Government at Honolulu, for official documents and jour- 
nals. 

Classes 89, 90. Silver Medal to Hawaiian Kingdom for reports 
and documents. 

1 A Gold Medal was awarded to the Hawaiian Oovernment. 



29 — 



ISLANDS OF THE NORTH PACIFIC. 

From the Report of the Honolulu Harbor Master, Capt. Daniel 
Smith, the following corrected positions have been extracted. 
Ca23t. Smith has compiled the list from various sources, principally 
from Lieut. Brooke of the U. S. Schooner Fennimore Cooper, 
Capt. Brookes of the Gambia, Capts. Paty, Long, Stone and 
Tengstrom, and also from many whalers' log books. The list of 
the Gilbert, Marshall, and Caroline Islands was arranged by Dr. 
L. H. Gulick, who resided at Ebon for ten years. In all cases 
where the islands are inhabited, the native names have been 
adopted where known, for otherwise it would be a most difficult 
task to arrange the synonyms, as each Reef, Atoll or Island, has 
been renamed many times. 

ISLANDS NORTHWEST OF THE HAWAIIAN GEOUP. 

Bird Island (534 ft. high), 23° 06' N. lat., 161° 57/ W. long. West of Greenivich. 

Lieut. Brooke, U. S. N. 
Neckar Island (280 ft. high), 23° 35' N. lat., 164° 39' W. long. Lieut. Brooke, 

U. S. N. 
French Frigate Shoal, S. E. extremity, 23° 44' N. lat., 166° 04' W. long.; N. W. 

extremity, 23° 52' N. lat., 166° 22' W. long.; S. W. extremity, 23° 42' N. lat., 

166° 20' W. long. ; Islet on Reef, 23° 46' N. lat., 166° 17' W. long. Capt. Brooks, 

bark Gambia. Lieut. Brooke, U. S. N. 
Gardner's Island and Kocks (170 ft. high), 25° 01' N. lat., 167° 59' W. long. Lieut. 

Brooke. 
Maro Eeef (breakers), extending six miles N. N. W. and S. S. E., 25° 31' N. lat., 

170° 3732' W. long. Lieut. Brooke. 
Laysan Island (centre), 25° 48' N. lat., 171° 42' W. long. Lieut. Brooke. 
Bank (soundings 16, 17, 20 and 40 fathoms), 25° 36' N. lat., 173° 20' W. long. Lieut. 

Brooke. 
Lisiansky, 26° 03' N. lat., 173° 42' W. long. Capt. Paty and others. 
Brooks', Middleton or Massachusetts Island, 28° 13' N. lat., 177° 23' W. long. Capt. 

Brooks. A depot placed here by the Pacific Mail Co., 1867. H. JI. Whitney. 
Pearl and Hermes Reef (circumference of the shoals 42 miles), N. E. point 27° 56' 

N. lat., 175° 45' W. long. Various authorities (mean). 
Bunker's or Philadelphia Island, 28° 00' N. lat., 173° 30' W. long. Not yet certain. 
Ocean, Cure, Staver's Island, 28° 25' N. lat., 178° 30' W. long. Various authorities 

(mean). 
Krasenstern Rock, 22° 15' N. lat., 175° 37' W. long. Admiral Krusenstern. 
Delaware Reef or Shoal, 27° 30' N. lat., 174° 30' W. long. Very doubtful. 
Two Brothers. Very doubtful. Lieut. Brooke, U. S. N., Captain Brooks, and 

Captain Paty. 



— 30- 



GUANO ISLANDS. 

Johnson, Smith or Comwallis Island, 16° 45' N. lat., 169° 80' W. long. Lieut. 
Brooke. 16° 45' N. lat., 169° 46' W. long. By various others (mean). 

Howland's Island, 00° 48' N. lat., 176° 33' W. long. By Capt. Chisholm, well as- 
certained. 

Baker's Island, 00° 13' N. lat., 176° 22' W. long. Mr. C. A. Williams, well ascer- 
tained. 

MICRONESIAN ISLANDS. 

Arorai, Hope or Hurd's Island, S. point, 2° 41' S. lat., 177° 01' E. long. ; N. point, 

2° 37' S. lat., 176° 57' E. long. M. Dutaillis in Findlay's Directory. 
Tamana, Chase or Phebe Island, centre, 2° 35' S. lat., 176° 15' E. long. Capt. 

Verauus Smith. S. point, 2° 28' S. lat., 176° 00' E. long. Capt. Handy. 
Oneke, Clerk, Rotch or Eliza's Island, centre, 1° 50' S. lat, 175° 30' E. long. Capt. 

V. Smith. Centre, 1° 55' S. lat, 175° 49' E. long. Caj^t. Handy. 
Nukunau, or Byron's Island, centre, 1° 25' S. lat, 176° 45' E. long. Capt. V. 

Smith. Centre, 1° 25' S. lat, 176° 35' E. long. Capt Handy. 
Peru, Francis or Maria Island, centre, 1° 25' S. lat., 176° 15' E. long. Capt. V. 

Smith. Centre, 1° 15' S. lat., 176° 00' E. long. Capt. Handy. 
Tapitouwea, Drammond or Bishop Island, S. E. point, 1° 28' S. lat., 175° 13' E. 

long. ; N. W. point, 1° 08' S. lat., 174° 50' E. long. Wilkes' chart. 
Nonouti, Sydenham's or Blaney's Island, S. E. point, 0° 45' S. lat., 174° 30' E. long. ; 

S. W. point, 0° 45' S. lat., 174° 23' E. long. ; N. point, 0° 30' S. lat, 174° 20' E. 

long. ; W. point, 0° 35' S. lat., 174° 15' E. long. Wilkes' chart. 
Araimka, or Henderville's Island, S. point, 0° 10' N. lat., 173° 40K' E. long.; N. E. 

point, 0° 13>^' N.lat, 1730 41K'E. long.; W. point, 0° IxK' N. lat, 1730 35>^/E. 

long. Wilkes' chart. 
Kuria, or Woodle's Island, S. point, 0° 12' N. lat., 173° 27K' E. long.; N. point, 0° 

17' N. lat., 173° 263i' E.long. Wilkes' chart. Centre, 0° 14' N. lat., 173° 27' E. 

long. Capt. Handy. 
Apamama, or Hopper's Island, S. W. point, 0° 26' N. lat, 173° 51' E. long. ; S. E. 

point, 0° 21' N. lat., 174° 01' E. long.; N. W. point, 0° 30>^' N. lat., 173° 54' E. 

long. Wilkes' chart. 
Maiana, Gilbert's or Hall's Island, N. point, 1° 02' N.lat, 173° 04' E. long. ; S. 

point, 0° 51' N. lat, 173° 03K' E. long.; E. point, 0° 58' N. lat., 173° 08' E. long.; 

W. point, 0° 55' N. lat., 172° 59' E. long. Wilkes' chart. Centre, 0° 58' N. lat., 

173° 06' E. long. Capt. Handy. 
Apaiang, or Charlotte's Island, S. point, 1° 44' N. lat., 173° 07' E. long. ; N. point, 

1° 58' N.lat, 172° 59' E. long.; N. W. point, 1° 54' N. lat, 172° 55' E. long. 

Wilkes' chart. Centre, 1° 50' F. lat., 173° 04' E. long. Capt. Handy. 
Tarawa, or Knoy's Island, S. E. point, 1° 22' N. lat., 173° 12' E. long. ; S. W. point, 

1° 22' N. lat., 173° 00' E. long. ; N. point, 1° 29' N. lat., 173° 03' E. long. Wilkes' 

chart. Centre, 1° 30' N. lat., 173° 06' E. long. Capt. Handy. 
Marakei, or Matthew's Island, middle S. point, 1° 58' N. lat, 173° 25K' E. long.; N. 

point, 2° 03' M. lat., 173° 34' E. long. ; centre, 2° 00' N. lat., 173° 25' E. long. 

Capt. Handy. 
Butaritari, or Touching Island, S. point, 3° 01' N. lat., 172° 45' E. long. ; N. E. 

point, 3° 10' N. lat., 172° 56' E. long. ; N. W. point, 3° 13' N. lat, 172° 40' E. long. 

Wilkes' chart. Centre, 3° 08' N. lat., 172° 50' E. long. Capt. Handy. 



— 31 — 

Makin, or Pitt's Island, N. W. point, 3° 20' N. lat., 172° 57' E. long. Wilkes' chart. 

Cratre, 3° 20' N. lat., 172° 50/ E. long. Capt. Handy. 
Banabe, or Ocean Island, centre, 0° 52' S. lat., 169° 50' E. long. Capt. Handy. 

Centi-e, 0° 52' S. lat, 168° 243^' E. long. M. Dutaillis. Centi-e, 0° 48' S. lat., 

169° 49' E. long. Capt. Cheyne. Centre, 0° 50' S. lat., 169° 45' E. long. Capt. 

V. Smith. 
Nawodo, or Pleasant Island, centre, 0° 25' S. lat., 167° 05' E. long. Capt. Handy. 

Centre, 0° 25' S. lat., 167° 05' E. long. Capt. Cheyne. Centi-e, 0° 25' S. lat., 

167° 20' E. long. Capt. V. Smith. 

EATACK ISLANDS. 

Milli, or Mulgrave Island, S. W. point, 6° 09' N. lat., 171° 30' E. long. ; N. W. point, 
6° 20' N. lat, 171° 28' E. long. Duperry. Tokowa Islet, 6° 15' N. lat., 171° 56' 
E. long. Dutaillis. Jabunwuni, 6° 20' N. lat, 171° 52' E. long. ; S. E. point, 5° 
58' N. lat, 172° 02}il E. long. Capt. Brown. S. E. point, 5° 59' N. lat., 172° 02' 
E. long. U. S. Ex. Ex. 

Majuro, or An-owsmith's Island, S. E. point, 7° 05' N. lat., 171° 23' E. long. U. S. 
Ex. Ex. W. point, 7° 15' N. lat., 171° 00' E. long. Capt Brown. 

Arhno, Daniel or Peddlar's Island, N. E. point, 7° 30' N. lat., 171° 55' E. long. ; 
S. W. point, 7° 11' N. lat., 171° 40' E. long. U. S. Ex. Ex. 

Aurh, or Ibbetson's Island, N. E. point, 8° 18' N. lat., 171° 12' E. long. Kotzebue. 

Maloelab, or Calvert Island, S. E. point, 8° 29' N. lat., 171° 11' E.long.; N. W. Islet, 
8° 54' N. lat, 170° 49' E. long. Kotzebue. 

Erikub, or Bishop Junction Island, S. E. point, 9° 06' N. lat., 170° 04' E. long. 
Kotzebue. 

AVotje or Otdia, or Romanzoff Island, anchorage within the N. W. point, 9° 33' N. 
lat., 170° 10' E. long.; E. point, 9° 23' N. lat., 170° 16' E. long. Kotzebue. 

Likieb, or Count Heiden Island, centre of group, 9° 51K' N. lat., 169° 13K' E. 
long. ; N. W. point, 10° 63' N. lat, 169° 01' E. long. Kotzebue. 

Jemo, or Steeple Island, center, 9° 58' N. lat, 169° 45' E. long. Kotzebue. 

Ailuck, or Tiudall or Watt's Island, N. point, 10° 27' N. lat., 170° 00' E. long. Kot- 
zebue. 

Mejit, Miadi, or Xew Year's Island, centre, 10° 08' N. lat, 170° 56' E. long. Kotze- 
bue. 

Utirik, or Button Island, centre, 11° 20' N. lat., 169° 50' E. long. Capt Brown. 

Taka, or Souworoflf Island, centre, 11° 05' N. lat., 169° 40' E. long. Capt Brown. 

Bikar, or Dawson's Island, middle of gi'oup, 11° 48' N. lat., 170° 07' E. long. Kot- 
zebue. 

KALICK ISLANDS. 

Ebon, or Boston Island, centre, 4° 39' N. lat., 168° 50' E. long. Hazemeister. Cen- 
tre, 4° 30' N. lat, 168° 42' E. long. Capt Cheyne. Centre, 4° 34' N. lat., 168° 
45' E. long. Capt. Handy. Anchorage within S. W. point, 4° 39' N. lat., 168° 
49' E. long. Capt. Brown. 

Namorik, or Baring's Island, centre, 5° 35' N. lat, 168° 18' E. long. Capt. Handy. 

Kill, or Hunter's Island, centre, 5° 46' N. lat, 169° 00' E. long. Capt. Dennet. 
Centre, 5° 40' N. lat, 169° 15' E. long. Capt. Handy. 

Jaluit, or Bonham's Island, W. point, 6° 00' N. lat, 169° 30' E. long. ; N. point, 6° 
17' N. lat., 169° 10' E. long. DupeiTey's Chart. N. point, 6° 22' N. lat., 169° 22' 
E. long. ; S. pt. 5° 47' N. lat., 169° 36' E. long. Capt. Bvovm. 



— 32 — 

Ailinglablab or Muskillo Group, S. point, 7° 15' N. lat., 163° 40' E. long. ; S. point, 
middle lobe, 7° 46' N. lat., 168° 23/ E. long. ; Isthmus containing N. and middle 
point, 8° 00' N. lat., 168° 13' E. long. ; N. point, 8° 10' N. lat., 168° 00' E. long. 
Capt. Cramclienko in Findlay. 



Jabwat or Tebut, centre, 8° 25' N. lat., 168° 17' E. long. Kotzebue. 

Lib, or Princessa Island, centre, S° 20' N. lat., 167° 30' E. long. Capt. Dennet. 

1 Name, or Margaretta Island, S. extremity, 8° 55' N. lat., 167° 42' E. long. 

1 Kwajalen, or Catherine Island, N. Islet, 9° 14' N. lat., 167° 02' E. long. 

Lae, or Brown's Island, centre, 9° 00' N. lat., 166° 20' E. long. Capt. Brown. 

1 Ujae, or Lydia Island, centre, 9° 04' N. lat., 165° 58' E. long. Ship Ocean. 

1 Wotto, or Shanz Island, centre, 10° 05' N. lat., 166° 04' E. long. Capt. Shanz. 

Ailinginae, or Eemski-Korsakoff Island, S. AV. point, 11° 08' N. lat., 166° 20' E. 

long. ; S. W. point, 11° 08' N. lat., 166° 26K' E. long. U. S. Ex. Ex. 
Eongerik Island, E. point, 11° 263^ ' N. lat., 167° 14)^ ' E. long. Kotzebue. Centre, 

11° 14' N. lat., 166° 35' E. long. U. S. Ex. Ex. ' 
Eongelab, or Pescadores Islands, centre, 11° 19' N. lat., 167° 35' E. long. Kotzebue. 

Centre, 11° 20' N. lat., 167° 30' E. long. U. S. Ex. Ex. 
1 Bikeni, oi; Escachottz Island, W. point, 11° 40' N. lat., 166° 24' E. long. (165° 24') 

Kotzebue. Centre of S. point, 11° 33' N. lat., 165° 37' E. long. Capt. Brown. 

W. part, 11° 59' N. lat., 165° 00' E. long. Duperrey's Chart. 
Eniwetok, or Brown's Islands, Parry's Islet, 11° 21' N. lat., 162° 52' E. long. Hors- 

burg. N. point, 11° 40' N. lat., 161° 05' E. long.; centre S. line, 11° 20' N. lat., 

161° 05' E. long. Lutke's Chart. 
Ujilong, or Morning Star Group, centre, 9° 52' N. lat., 160° 56' E. long. Capt. 

James. 
Ujilong, or Kewley Group, S. end, 9° 47' N.iat., 161° 15' E. long. Capt. Kewley. 
Merrel Island or Bank, 29° 57' N. lat., 174° 31' E. long., (doubtful). Lieut. Raper's 

Epitome. 
Byers Island, Patrocinio, 28° 09' N. lat., 175° 48' E. long., (doubtful). Eaper. 
Eico-de-Oro, 29° 51' N. lat., 157° 04' E. long., (doubtful). Eaper. 
Broughton Eocks, 345 ft. high, 33° 38' N. lat., 139° 16' E. long. U. S. Exploring 

Expedition. 
Fatsizio Island, middle, 33° 06' N. lat., 140° E. long. Eaper. 
South Island, 32° 30' N. lat., 140° 03' E. long. Krusenstern and Eaper. 
Ponafidin Island or Eock, 30° 30' N. lat., 140° 06' E. long. Lieut. Ponafidin. 
Bayonaise Island or Eock, 32° 01' N. lat., 140° E. long. French frigate Bayonaise. 
Smith Island or Eock, 31° 18' N. lat., 139° 50' E. long. H. M. S. Tribune. 
Sail Eock, or Lot's Wife, 29° 47' N. lat., 140° 22' E. long. U. S. S. Macedonia. 
Malabriga Islands, 27° 20' N. lat., 145° 25' E. long. Eaper, (doubtful position). 
Grampus Islands, 25° 10' N. lat., 146° 40' E. long. Eaper, (doubtful position). 

VOLCANO ISLANDS. 

Sulphur Island, volcanic, 24° 48' N. lat., 141° 20' E. long. Eaper. 
Eeef, volcanic, 24° 48' N. lat., 141° 24' E. long. Napoleon 3d, whaler. 
San Alesandro Island, volcanic, 25° 14' N. lat., 141° 18' E. long. Eaper. 
Dionisio Island, volcanic, 24° 22' N. lat., 141° 28' E. long. Eaper. 

1 These Islands require further examination. 



— 33- 



BONIN ISLANDS, EXTENDING NORTH AND SOUTH FOETTT-TWO MILES. 

Parry's Group, North Rock, 27° 45' N. lat., 142° 07/ E. long. Raper. 

Kater Island, North Rock, 27° 31' N. lat., 142° 12' E. long. Raper. 

Peel Island, sonth-west Islet, 27° 02' N. lat., 142° 10' E. long. Raper. 

Port Lloyd (Peel Island), 27° 06' N. lat., 142° 11' E. long. Raper. 

Bailey Islands, south Islet, 28° 80' N. lat., 142° 13' E. long. Raper. Raper (nof 

well ascertained). 
Rosario Island, 27° 16' N. lat., 140° 50' E. long. Raper, (not well ascertained). 
Kendrick Island, 24° 35' N. lat., 134° E. long. Raper, (not well ascertained). 



Rosa Island, 24° 28' N. lat., 130° 40' E. long. Raper, (not well ascertained). 

Borodino Islands, north one, 26° 02' N. lat., 131° 15' E. long. Raper. 

Parece Vella, Sail Rock, 20° 30' N. lat., 136° 06' E. long. Capt. Douglass. 

Barras Rock, 21° 42' N. lat., 140° 55' E. long. Capt. Barras, Mary Ann. 

Lindsay Rock, 19° 20' N. lat., 141° 20' E. long. Capt. Lindsay, Amelia. 

Cornwallis, Smyth, Sybilla, Petrel or Gaspar Rico Reef, with Islets S. S. E. and 
N. N. W., 20 miles; northermost clump of rocks in lat. 14° 41' N., long. 168° 56' 
E. long. Lieut. Brooke, U. S. N. 

Halcyon or Wake's Island, on which the Libelle was wrecked in 1866, entrance to 
lagoon boat-passage, 19° 19' N. lat., 160° 30' E. long. This Island or reef is 
placed in 19° 11' N. lat. by the U. S. Exploring Expedition, but by Capt. Wood, 
Capt. Cargill and Capt. English, who have just visited the wreck, as above, viz.: 
19° 19' N. lat., 160° 30' E. long. Low; about seven miles long. W. T. Brig- 
ham. 

Marcus Island is marked doubtful on most charts, but Capt. Gillett, in the Morning 
Star, in 1864, passed near an Island in lat. 24° 04' N.; long. 154° 02' E. 

Marshall or Jardine Islands, (2 small), 21° 40' N. lat., 151° 35' E. long. Some 
whalemen aifirm that they have landed on these rocks ; others assert that they 
have sailed over this position withgut seeing anything. 

Assumption Island, 2000 ft. high, 19° 41' N. lat., 145° 27' E. long. Raper. 

Uraccas Rocks, 20° 10' N. lat., 145° 25/ E. long. Raper. 

Faralon Island, 20° 30/ N. lat., 145° 12' long. Spanish Corvette Narvaez. 

Guy Rock, 20° 30' N. lat., 145° 30' E. long. Raper. 

Grigau Island, 18° 48' N. lat., 145° 40' E. long. Raper. 

Pagaji Island, 18° 15' N. lat., 145° 48' E. long. Raper. 
The last three positions are not well ascertained. 



CAROLINE GROUP. 

Ualan, Kusaie or Strong's Island, centre, 5° 19' N. lat., 163° 06/ E. long. Lutke's 
chart. Coquillo harbor, N. E. Islet, 5° 21/ N. lat., 163° 01/ E. long. Duperrey's 
chart. Port Lolin, south, N. E. Islet, 5° 15/ N. lat., 163° 05/ E. long. ; weather 
harbor, 5° 19% ' N. lat., 163° ,09' E. long. Lutke's chart. Centre, 5° 20' N. lat, 
162° 54' E. long. Spanish chart, by D. F. Coello, Mad., 1852. 

Pingelap or Mc Askill Islands, north Islet, 6° 13' N. lat., 160° 47' E. long. ; south 
Islet, 6° 12' N. lat., 160° 47>^' E. long. Captain Duperrey. Centre, 6° 13%/ N. 
lat., 160° 48/ E. long. Captain Cheyne. 

Tugulu or McAskill Islands, centre, 6° 13/ N. lat., 160° 50' E. long. Spanish chart. 
3 



— 34 — 

Mokil or Duperrey's jslands, N. E. point, 6° 42' N. lat., 159° 50/E. long. Duperrey's 

chart. Centre, 6° 40' N. lat., 159° 49/ E. long. Captain Cheyne. 
Aura or Duperrey's Islands, centre, 6° 40' N. lat., 159° 47' E. long. Spanish chart. 
Ponapi, Quirosa or Ascension isles, Ronkiti harbor, 6° 48' N. lat., 158° 19' E. long. 
Lutke's chart. 6° 48'. N. lat., 158° 14' E. long. Captain Cheyne. 6° 48' N. lat., 

158° 30' E. long. Average observations by several whale Captains. Ponatik 

harbor, 6° 48' N. lat., 158° 30' E. long. Lutke's chart. 6° 50' N. lat., 158° 28' 

E. long. Captain Walker. 6° 48' N. lat., 158° 40' E. long. Captain Chase. 
Bonabe or Ascension isles, Ronkiti harbor, 6° 48' N. lat., 158° 19' E. long. Spanish 

chart. 
Andema or Frazer Islands, centre, 6° 42' N. lat., 158° 05' E. long. Spanish chart. 
Ant, Frazer's or Wihiam 4th's Group, N. E. part, 6° 42' N. lat., 158° 03' E. long. 

Captain Cheyne. Extreme south, 6° 43'^' N. lat., 158° 05K' E. long. Lutke's 

chart. 
Pakin, centre, 7° 10' N. lat., 157° 43' E. long. Captain Chejme. S. E. Islet, 7° 02' 

N. lat., 158° OOK' E. long.; W. point, 7° 05' N. lat. 157° 56>^' E. long. Captain 

Lutke. 
Pagnema, centre, 7° 02' N. lat., 157° 49' E. long. Spanish chart. 
Ngatik, Los Valientes or seven Islands, extreme E., 5° 47K ' N. lat., 157° 32' E. 

long. Lutke in Findlay. S. E. Islet, 5° 47' N. lat., 157° 32' E. long. ; N. Islet, 

5° 51' N. lat., 157° 29' E. long. ; W. Islet, 5° 47' N. lat., 157° 22' E. long. Lutke's 

chart. W. Islet, 5° 40' N. lat., 157° 14' E. long. Captain Cheyne. 
ISIgaric Islands, centre, 5° 47' N. lat., 157° 27' E. long. Spanish chart. 
Oraluk, San Augustino and Baxo Trista, centre of Bordelaise Island, 7° 39' N. lat., 

155° 05' E. long.: Jane Island, 7° 33' N. lat., 155° 03' E. long.; Larkin's Island, 

N. E. point, 7° 36' N. lat., 155° 10' E. long. Findlay. Meaburn's Island, 7° 49' 

N. lat., 155° 20' E. long. Norie's chart. San Agustin reef, S. E. end dangerous, 

7° 11' N. lat., 156° 08' E. long.; N. W. end dangerous, 7° 26' N. lat., 155° 57' E. 

long.; Bordelaise Island, N. W. end of reef, 7° 26' N. lat, 155° 56' E. long. 

Spanish chart. 
Dunkin's shoal, (doubtful) south end, 9° 50' N. 154° 10' E. long. Findlay. North 

end, 9° 17' N. lat., 154° 29' E. long. Spanish chart. 
Nukuor or Monteverde Islands, centre, 3° 27' N. lat., 155° 48' E. long. Findlay. 
Dunkin's Island, centre, 3° 57' N. lat., 154° 34' E. long. Captain Aikin. 
Nuguor, centre, 3° 50' N. lat., 154° 56' E. long. Spanish chart. 
Sotoane or Mortlock Islands, south' point, 5° 17' N. lat., 153° 46' E. long.; S. E. 

point, 5° 19' N. lat., 153° 51' E. long. ; west point, 5° 27' N. lat., 153° 36' E. long. 

Lutke's chart. N. W. extreme, 5° 27' N. lat., 153° 24' E. long. ; S. W. extreme, 

5° 08' N. lat., 153° 38' E. long. Captain Chejme. 
Lugunor or Mortlock Islands, east point, 5° 30' N. lat., 153° 59' E. long. Lutke's 

chart. Centre, 5° 39' N. lat., 153° 32' E. long. Captain Cheyne. West point, 

5° 30' N. lat, 153° 52' E. long. Lutke's chart. Port Cliamisso, 5° 29' N. lat., 

153° 38' E. long. Lutke in Findlay. 
Fatal, south point, 5° 33' N. lat., 153° 43' E. long. ; north point, 5° 37' N. lat., 153° 

43' E. long. Lutke's chart. 
Liigunor, Etal, north end, 5° 35' N. lat, 153° 41' E. long.; N. E. end, 5° 28' E. 

long. ; Ta, S. E. end, 5° 16' N. lat., 153° 51' E. long. ; N. W. end, 5° 30/ N. lat., 

153° 34' E. long. Spanish chart 
Namoluk or Skiddy's Group, N. W. Islet, 5° 55' N. lat., 153° 13>^' E. long. Lutke 

in Findlay. 5° 55' E. lat., 153° 17' E. long. Lutke's chart 
Namuluc or Skiddy's Group, centre, 5° 55' N. lat., 153° 14' E. long. Spanish chart. 



— 35 — 

Mokor or Hash Island, centre ( ?) 5° 42' N. lat., 152° 43' E. long. Blunt's chart. 
Losap, Louasappe or D'Urville's island, centre, 7° 3' N. lat., 152° 42' E. long. Du- 

pen-ey in Fmdlay. 7° 5/ N. lat., 152° 37' E. long. D'Urville's chart. 
Eafael island, centre, 7° 18' N. lat., 153° 54' E. long. Kaper. 
Luasap or D'Urville's Island, centre, 6° 50' N. lat., 152° 39' Spanish chart. 
Truk or Hogoleu Islands and Eeefs, S. point, 6° 58' N. lat., 151° 56' E. long. {Or 

Rue atoU), E. point, 7° 10/ N. lat, 151° 57' E. long. W. point, 7° 10' N. lat., 

151° 21' E. long. D'Urville's chart. N. point, 7° 43 N. lat., 151° 43' E. long. 
Royalist Island, S. extreme, 6° 47' N. lat., 152° 8' E. long. Captain Cheyne. 
Rue or Hogoleu or Bergh's Islands or Reefs, S. point, 6° 57' N. lat., 151° 54' E. long. 

N. point, 7° 43' N. lat., 151° 39' E. long.; W. point, 7° 20' N. lat, 151° 19' E. 

long. Spanish chart. 
Morileu or Hall's Islands, N. E. Islet, 8° 42' N. lat., 152° 26' E. long. ; S. W. Islet, 

S° 36' N. lat., 152° 07' E. long. Lutke's chart. N. E. end, 8° 42' N. lat., 152° 

29' E. long.; S. W. end, 8° 32' North lat., 152° 03' E. long. Spanish chart. 
Naniolipiafime, N. E. Islet, 8° 34' N. lat., 152° 01' E. long. ; S. Islet, 8° 25' N. lat., 

151° 50' E. long. Lutke's chart S. W. Isjet, 8° 30' N. lat, 151° 42>^' E. long. 

Lutke in Findlay. 
Namolipiafon, centre, 8° 32' N. lat., 151° 54' E. long. Spanish Chart. 
Faiu, East, or Lutke's Island, centre, 8° 33' N. lat., 151° 27' E. long. Lutke's 

chart. 
Fahieu Oriental, 8° 30' N. lat., 151° 23' E. long. Spanish chart. 
Namonuito or Anonima, north Islet, 9° 00' N. lat., 150° 14' E. long. ; east Islet, 8° 

34' N. lat., 150° 32' E. long., west Islet, 8° 35' N. lat., 149° 47 E. long. Lutke's 

chart. (Triangular) S. E. point of ti-iangle, 8° 30' N. lat., 150° 35' E. long.; 

S. W. do. 8° 32' N. lat, 149° 49' E. long. ; N. do., 8° 58' N. lat, 150° 19' E. 

long. Spanish chart. 
Tamatam or Martyr's Islands, S. Islet, 7° 32' N. lat., 149° 29' E. long. Duperrey's 

chart. Ollap, centre, 7° 35' N. lat., 149° 27' E. long. Spanish chart. 
Poloat or Kata Island, centre, 7° 19}4.l N. lat., 149° 17' E. long. Freycinet in 

Findlay. 
Palluot (two islands) 7° 20' N. lat. 149° 14' E. long. Spanish chart. 
Luk or Ibargoita Island, centre, 6° 40' N. lat., 149° 08' E. long. Freycinet in 

Findlay. 6° 40' N. lat., 149° 23' E. long. Capt. Cheyne. 
Pulu Suge, bank and island, centre, 6° 43' N. lat., 149° 29' E. long. Spanish 

chart. 
Pikelot or Coquilla Island, centre, 8° 12' N. lat., 147° 40' E. long. Duperrey's 

chart. 
Biguela Island, centre, 8° 12' N. lat., 147° 39' E. long. Spanish chart. 
Pikela or Lydia Island, centre, 8° 38' N. lat., 147° 13' E. long. Duperrey's chart. 

Not on Spanish chart. 
Satawal or Tucker's Island, centre, 7° 21' N. lat., 147° 06' E. long. Duperrey's 

chart. 
Satahoal, centre, 7° 20' N. lat., 147° 07' E. long. Spanish chart. 
Faiu (west), 8° 03' N. lat., 146° 40' E. long. Lutke's chart 
Fahieu Occidental reef, centre, 8° 02' N. lat., 146° 49' E. long. Spanish chart. 
[Oraitillipou Bank] doubtful, between Pikelot and Faiu, west, eleven fathoms 

over it. 
Lamotrek or Swede's Island, centre, 7° 29' N. lat., 146° 28' E. long. Lutke's 

chart. 
Lamurrec, centre, 7° 30' N. lat., 146° 29' E. long. Spanish chart. 



— 36 — 

Elato or Haweis Island, N. point, 7° 29' N. lat., 146° 19/ E. long. Lutke's chart. 

Elato or Namoliaur Island, centre, 7° 28' N. lat., 146° 19/ E. long. Spanish chart. 

Olimario Islands, centre, 7° 43/ N. lat., 145° 57/ E. long. ^ Lutke's chart. 7° 40' 
N. lat., 145° 57/ E. long. Spanish chart. 

Faraulep or Gardener's Island, centre, 8° 34/ N. lat., 144° 37/ E. long. Lutke's 
chart. Centre, 8° 48' N. lat., 144° 36' E. long. Spanish chart. 

lanthe Shoal, centre, 5° 53' N. lat., 145° 39' E. long. Capt. Cheyne. 8 feet water 
some parts. 

Falipi Bank, centre, 5° 53' N. lat., 145° 39' E. long. Spanish chart. 

Ifalik or Wilson's Island, centre, 7° 15' N. lat., 144° 31/ E. long. Lutke's chart. 

Ifeluc, centre, 7° 10' N. lat., 144° 39' E. long. Spanish chart. 

Wolea or 13 Islands, E. point, 7° 21/ N. lat., 143° 58/ E. long. Lutke's chart. En- 
trance to lagoon, 7° 15' N. lat., 144° 02' E. long. Captain Cheyne. 

Uleai, centi-e, 7° 20' N. lat., 143° 56' E. long. Spanish chart. 

Eaui-ipik or Kama Island, centre, 6° 39' N. lat., 143° 11' E. long. Lutke's chart. 

Eunipig, centre, 6° 38' N. lat., 143° 09/ E. long. Spanish chart. 

Sorol or Philip Island, centre, 8° 06' N. lat., 140° 52' E. long. Lutke's chart. 

Sorol Oriental Island, centre, 8° 05' N.'lat., 140° 49' E. long. Spanish chart. 

Fais or Tromlin's Island, centi-e, 9° 46' N. lat., 140° 36' E. long. Lutke's chart. 

Feis Island, centre, 9° 45/ N. lat., 140° 37' E. long. Spanish chart. 

Uliti or McKenzie's Group, N. point of E. Group, 10° 06' N. lat., 139° 47/ E. long. ; 
Falalep, centre, 10° 02/ N. lat., 139° 50' E. long. ; S. point, 9° 47' N. lat., 139° 42' 
E. long. Lutke's chart. S. Islet, 9° 47' N. lat., 139° 35' E. long. D'Urville's 
chai't. 

Ulevi, W. gi-oup, centre, 10° 00' N.lat., 139° 43' E. long. Spanish chart. 

Or Egoi, E. gi-oup, centre, 9° 50' N. lat., 139° 59/ E. long. Spanish chart. 

Hunter's Shoal, centre, 9° 57K/ N. lat., 138° 13/ E. long. In Findlay, 16 fathoms 
water on it. 9° 57' N. lat., 138° 29' E.'long. Doubtful, in Spanish chart. 

Eap, S. point, 9° 25' N. lat., 138° 00' E. long. ; N. point, 9° 40' N. lat., 138° 09' E. 
long. D'Urville's chart. 

Uyap, centre, 9° 30' N. lat., 138° 09' E. long. Spanish chart. 

Ngoli or Lamoliork, S. Islet, 8° 17' N. lat., 137° 33' E. long. ; N. E. Islet, 8° 35' N. 
lat., 137° 40' E. long. Captain Chejnae. Middle point, 8° 30' N. lat., 137° 25' E. 
long. D'Urville's chart. 

Ulu or Lamoliaur, centre, 8° 20' N. lat., 137° 34' E. long. Spanish chart. 

Palau, Pelew or Arecifos Islands, S. point, 6° 55' N. lat., 134° 05/ E. long.; Angour 
Island, centre, 7° 35/ N. lat., 134° 30' E. long. D'Urville's chart. Kyaugle Isl- 
and, 8° 08K/ N. lat., 134° 35/ E. long. Captain Cheyne. S. point of Pellelew 
Island, 6° 58/ N. lat., 134° 13' E. long. Lieutenant Kaper in Chej-ne. 

Babeldzuap or Pelew Islands and Reef, N. W. end of reef, 8° 40' N. lat., 134° 09'; 
E. long. ; Kianguel Island, centre, 8° 10' N. lat., 134° 45/ E. long. ; centre of west 
side of Babeldzuap, ,7° 36' N. lat., 134° 19' E. long. Spanish chart. Babeldzuap, 
N. E. point, 7° 55' N. lat., 134° 54' E. long. ; Angour Island, centi-e, 6° 51' N. lat"., 
134° 14' E. long.; Pelelew Island, S. point, 6° 58/ ,N. lat., 134° 24/ E. long., ex- 
tensive reef from N. E. point Babeldzuap Islands, extending to N. W. 

Sansoral or St. Andrew's Island, centre, 5° 20/ N. lat., 132° 16/ E. long. Hors- 
burgh's Directory. 

Sonrol, centre, 5° 19' N. lat., 132° 14' E. long. Spanish chart. 

Codocopuey Island, 5° 15' N. lat., 132° 14' E. long. Spanish chart. 

Matelotas, three islands, or Sequeras, centre, 8° 40/ North lat., 131° 34' E. long. 
Spanish chart. 



— 37 — 

Pegan, ceutre, 0° 50' N. lat., 134° 19' E. long. Spanish chart. 
Anna or Current Island, centre, 4° 39>^' N. lat., 132° 03K' E. long. Horsburgh. 
Anna or Pul Island, centre, 4° 38' N. lat., 132° 09' E. long. Spanish chart. 
Merir or Warren Hastings' Island, centre, 4° 173a'' N. lat., 132° 28X' E. long. H 

burgh. 
Pula Mariera Island, centre, 4° 12' N. lat., 132° 27' E. long. Spanish chart. 
Tobi or Lord North's Island, centre, 3° 03' N. lat., 131° 20' E. long. Horsburgh. 
Lord North's Island, centre, 3° 03' N. lat., 131° 09' E. long. Spanish chart. 
Helen's Shoal, centre, 2° 50' N. lat., 131° 41' E. long. Horsburgh. 
St. Felix or Carterret bank, centre, 2° 48' N. lat., 131° 41' E. long. Spanish chai-t. 

POSITIONS SAILED OVER BUT NO TRACE OF LAND, ROCKS, OR SHOALS. 

Parappa JRock, 21° 30' N. lat, 161° 18' AV. long. 
Malloons Island, 19° 20' N. lat., 165° 21' W. long. 
Wilson Island, 19° 22' N. lat., 166° 50' W. long. 
Shoal, 18° 28' N. lat., 170° 30' W. long. 
Eeef, 16° 38' N. lat., 160° 53' W. long. 
Shoal, 14° 50' N. lat., 170° 32' W.'long. 
Shoal, 13° 30' N. lat., 170° 30' W. long. 
Island, 13° 04' N. lat., 168° 22' W. long. 
Island, 11° 28' N. lat., 168° 53' W. long. 
Paltrou Island, 10° 18' N. lat., 165° 25' W. long. 
San Pedro Island, 11° 10' N. lat., 179° 02' W. long. 
Island, 8° 20' N. lat., 170° 00' W. long. 
Davis Island, 6° 38' N. lat, 170° 05' W. long. 
Island, 6° 33' N. lat., 166° 03' W. long. 
Barbera Island, 3° 42' N. lat., 173° 06' W. long. 
Eeef, 3° 55' N. lat., 174° 32' W. long. 
Malcin Island, 2° 57' N. lat., 172° 45' W. lat 
Matthew Island, 2° 07' N. lat., 173° 26' W. long. 
Decker Island, 23° 22' N. lat., 162° 50' E. long. 
Deseirta, 20° 10' N. lat, 165° 20' E. long. 
Deseirta, 23° 12' N. lat., 160° 50' E. long. 
Lamira Island, 20° 10' N. lat., 164° 09' E. long. 
Island, 20° 28' N. lat., 166° 54' E. long. 
Island, 18° 57' N. lat, 163° 30' E. long. 
Wake Eeef, 17° 50' N. lat., 173° 45' E. long. 
Island, 16° 02' N. lat, 171° 38' E. long. 
Island, 17° 10' N. lat, 176° 52' E. long. 
Island, 15° 02' N. lat., 176° 26' E. long. 
Tarquiu Island, 17° 00' N. lat., 160° 01' E. long. 
Eeef, 17° 15' N. lat, 159° 17' E. long. 

POSITIONS NOT YET, CERTAIN WHETHER EXISTING OK NOT. 

Eeef, 10° 04' N. lat., 179° 21' W. long. 

Barber Island, 9° 00' N. lat., 178° 00' W. long. 

Knox Island, 5° 58' N. lat., 172° 00' W. long. 

Eeef, 23° 45' N. lat., 164° 00' E. long. 

Camira Island, 21° 32' N. lat., 160° 00' E. long. 

Shoal, 18° 30' N. lat., 173° 45' E. long. 

St. Bartholomew Island, 14° 40' N. lat., 174° 25' E. long. 



— 38 — 



FIRST PRINTING AT THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. 

The first Printing Press at the Hawaiian Islands was imported 
by the American missionaries, and landed from the brig Thaddeus, 
at Honolulu, in April, 1820. It was not unlike the first used by 
Benjamin Franklin, and was set up in a thatched house standing a 
few fathoms from the old mission frame house, but was not put in 
operation until the afternoon of January 7, 1822. 

At this inauguration there were present, his Excellency Governor 
Kiamoku (Kalanimoku), a chief of the first rank, with his retinue ; 
some other chiefs and natives ; Rev. Hiram Bingham, missionary ; 
Mi\ Loomis, printer (who had just completed setting it up) ; James 
Hunnewell ; Captain William Henry and Captain Masters (Amer- 
icans). Of these named, Mr. Bingham and Mr. Hunnewell are 
the only survivors [August, 1868]. Mr. Loomis "set up" Lesson 
I. of a spelling-book. Kiamoku (Kalanimoku) was instructed how 
to work the press, and struck off the first impression printed in 
the Hawaiian Islands. Mr. Loomis struck off the second, and Mr. 
Hunnewell the third. The last mentioned impression has been 
given by Mr. Hunnewell to the "American Board," and is now in 
the Mission collection, Pemberton Square, Boston. It is a sheet 
four by six inches, headed " Lesson I.," beneath which are twelve 
lines, each having five separate syllables of two letters. This was 
certainly the first printing at the Hawaiian Islands, and probably 
the first on the shores of the North Pacific Ocean. This account 
is from Mr. Hunnewell (who visited the island before the Thad- 
deus, in which vessel, also, he arrived with the press), and is trans- 
scribed from his personal explanations, and from his notes made at 
the time of the event described. 



A MISSIONARY EPISODE. 

Shoktly after the arrival of the first missionaries at the Ha- 
waiian Islands, a small party of them landed from a schooner at 
Hilo, on their way to visit the volcano of Kilauea. At that time 
no missionary had been stationed at Hilo, and consequently but 



— so- 
few of the peojjle of the place had ever had the opportunity of 
hearing jsreaching. 

As the party were detained in the village over Sunday, they 
appointed morning and afternoon services. It so happened that 
the only building large enough for the proposed meetings was a 
canoe house situated on the beach. Thither the congregation 
assembled at the apjoointed time in the forenoon, filling the house 
to its utmost capacity. There were old scarred and white headed 
warriors, who had fought in the wars of Kamehameha, sitting in 
their kapa kiheis, through whose quiet dignity of manner there 
shone a certain expression of expectation ; there were dried up 
old crones, to whom the emanciijation from the hapu had come 
almost too late ; and there were younger people and children and 
babies, more or less dressed, according to the convenience or whim 
■or wealth of each individual. The posts which supported the 
roof of the house were appropriated by some of the more agile 
boys, to elevate themselves above the crowd, where, clinging on like 
monkeys, they awaited proceedings with countenances expressive 
of the greatest triumph and delight. Others, with equal ingenuity 
and greater comfort, climbed on to the outside of the roof, and by 
stealthily enlarging small holes, which they found through the 
thatch, or making new ones, had an unobstructed view of the 
inside, and the enormous size of their eyes, visible from below, 
showed how they appreciated it. 

Under these favorable circumstances the meeting commenced, 
the preaching was listened to with great attention by the au- 
dience, and the missionaries felt that they were making an im- 
pression ; suddenly, when the meeting was about half through, 
there ensued a scene of the wildest confusion ; men and women 
rushed out of the building through the uncovered sides, or where- 
ever there was an aperture large enough, rolling over each other 
in the attempt, and screaming most unaccountably ; babies 
screeched as they were tossed around in the panic, little boys 
dropped from the posts and rolled from the roof. In less than a- 
minute the house was empty, excepting the missionaries, and an 
immense hog which quietly made its bed on the straw on the mid- 
dle of the floor. At the beginning of the disturbance, the mis- 
sionaries supposed that it was a sudden attack from a hostile tribe, 
or an uprising against themselves ; but they soon ascertained. that 



40 — 



ithe black hog which lay grunting in comfort on the straw, a '•'■ imaa 
anaana " (a six foot hog), as the natives, call those of that size, 
•belonged to Queen Kaahumanu, and was held sacred by the 
.natives ; that the canoe house was its accustomed resort in the 
iieat of day, and its abrupt entrance among the crowd, swinging 
its sharp tusks from side to side with perfect contempt of the 
common people, was sufficient to cause the exodus described. In 
the afternoon the meeting was disturbed in the same manner. 

There is no reliable authority that the missionaries made any 
satisfactory progress at Hilo till Kaahumanu's pig died. 



THE HAWAIIAN VOLCANOES. 

AN ERUPTION OF MAUNA LOA. 

On Friday, March 28th, at 5.30 a. m., men on the whaleships 
laxichored in Kawaihae harbor saw a dense pillar of smoke rise 
from the summit of Mauna Loa. The position of this smoke, and 
the bright reflection on its lower mass, showed the existence of fire 
in the terminal crater Mokuaweoweo. In a few hours, however, 
the smoke dispersed, and at night no light was seen. About 10 
A. M., on the 28th, a slight shock of earthquake was felt in Kona 
:and Kau, and in a few hours this was repeated, and again with de- 
creasing intervals, and greater intensity, until at 1 p. m. a shock 
■.was felt " as if an immense boulder was hurled up under the foun- 
• dations of our house." The shocks then were frequent and severe. 
'The intervals between the distinct shocks did not average over 
; three minutes until 11 p. m., when the intervals increased, and the 
violence of the disturbance abated about 1 p. m. on Sunday. The 
.tremulous motion during this time was continuous, and stone 
walls, stone houses, and loose rocks on the pali above Kealakeakua 
Bay were thrown down. On Monday, Tuesday and Wednesday 
the motion continued with varying force. In Kau, on Wednesday 
.at sunrise a severe shake was felt, and another at five, p. m. 



— 41 — 

Nearly all that night the shaking was very severe and frequent, 
accompanied by a rumbling sound from the earth. Vp to this time 
no material damage had been done, although the people had aban- 
doned their houses and taken to tents, as the cracking of the plas- 
tering and the constant noise of upsetting furniture, led them to 
fear some worse catastrophe. Between 4 and 5 p. m. on Thursday, 
April 2, an earthquake occurred which threw down every stone 
wall, and nearly every stone, frame or thatch house in Kau, doing 
much damage in Kona, Hilo, and other districts of Hawaii, while 
it was felt even on Kauai, some three hundred miles from Mauna 
Loa. In Honolulu clocks were stopped. In Kau the shock was 
most severe. Persons, and even horses and other animals were 
thrown to the ground. Every church but one was destroyed ; the 
walls of the large one at Waiohinu crumbled and the roof fell in — 
all the work of ten seconds. A gentleman riding on horseback 
found his horse lying flat under him before he could think of the 
cause, so sudden was the shock. 

Mr. F. C. Lyman writes : " First the earth swayed to and fro 
north and south, then east and west, round and round, then up and 
down and in every imaginable direction for several minutes, every- 
thing crashing around us ; the trees threshing about as if torn by 
a mighty rushing wind. It was impossible to stand ; we had to sit 
on the ground, bracing with hands and feet, to keep from rolling 
over." 

At this moment at Kapapala the sides of a mountain valley were 
rent by the shock, and the waters, probably drainings from the 
swamps several thousand feet above, were suddenly liberated, and 
so vast was the pressure that the contents of the subterranean res- 
ervoirs, water and sediment, were thrown with great force and 
velocity, the resulting mass reaching nearly two miles from the 
opening. Visitors report, that from the fissures to the commence- 
ment of the pile of mud ejected, stones are scattered in every di- 
rection for eighteen hundred feet ; between the stones and the mud 
is a small clear space in which a native grass 'house is standing 
uninjured. The pile of mud or earth is from half a mile to a mile 
wide, two and a half miles long, and from two to thirty feet deep. 
As it poured through the valley it swept away and destroyed men, 
animals and trees. Thirty-one people and many hundred head of 
cattle were buried alive. The stream of water, at first muddy, and 



— 42 — 

smelling strongly of clay and earth, after a few days became clear, 
and at last reports was still running a stream of svyeet water. 

From Thursday until Sunday the earth was in a constant com- 
motion ; people were made seasick, and strange noises were heard 
in the bowels of the earth. The most remarkable effect of the 
shock on Thursday was the agitation of the sea. Whether the 
shore line has been raised or depressed is not determined, but the 
shock drove the waves out, and on their return they swept far up 
on the land, carrying destruction. The height of this wave, which 
extended from Kaalualu harbor to Apua, a distance of fifty miles, 
varied at different places. At "Waiohinu it was probably greatest, , 
and reached forty feet. At Keauhou everything, even the stone 
houses, was swept away by the sea. At Hilo, although the shock 
was severe, the wave did not do much damage. The ground was 
much cracked, some of the rents extending many rods. No dam- 
age was done to the north side of the island beyond the detaching 
of loose stones from the cliffs. On Friday a shock was felt more 
severely on Oahu than on Hawaii. 

On Tuesday, April 7th, lava burst forth in Kau above Kahuku, 
through an enormous fissure three miles long, which seems to have 
opened without any remarkable commotion. The lava ran in a 
few hours (no one noted the exact time, as the neighborhood was 
enveloped in smoke) over a distance of twelve miles, from a height, 
according to Dr. Hillebrand, of 3,800 feet, to the sea, extending 
the coast line more than half a mile. This eruption ceased either 
on Saturday or Sunday night, April 11th or 12th. Smoke was 
thrown into the air far above the trade wind, which was blowing 
strongly until Saturday, and carried over Oahu and Kauai, some 
three hundred miles. Vessels near by were sprinkled with ashes. 

The lava welled up from the entire length of the crack simulta- 
neously, and was not very abundant. 



ERUPTION OF KILAUEA. 

On Saturday, March 28th, there were frequent shocks of earth- 
quake. Portions of the southwest cliff were shaken down, and 
the lakes of lava seemed quite active. Kaina, the owner of the 
Volcano House, had resided there for five months previously, and 
he reports that from January 20th to March 27th, " the crater had 



— 43 — 

been unusually active ; eight lakes being in constant ebullition, and 
frequently overflowing. During all this time there was in the 
northwest corner a blowhole, from wliich at regular intervals of a 
minute or less, large volumes of vapor were blown with a roaring 
noise, as from a steam engine." This ceased about the 17th of 
March, and at the same time the activity of the lakes was greatly 
increased. March 27th the first shock was felt, and two days later 
the bottom of the crater was overflowed and incandescent. 

On April 2d the great shock of earthquake caused the whole 
vicinity of the crater to rock like a ship at sea. "At that moment 
there commenced fearful detonations in the crater; large quantities 
of lava were thrown up to a great height, and portions of the wall 
tumbled in. This extraordinary commotion, accompanied with an 
unearthly noise and ceaseless swaying of the ground, continued 
from that day until Sunday night, April 5th ; but from the first 
the fire began to recede. On Thursday night it was already con- 
fined to the regular lakes ; on Saturday night it only remamed in 
the great south lake (Halemaumau), and on Sunday night there 
was none at all." Fire has since reappeared in this dwelling of 
Pele. The lava also appeared in one of the lateral craters east of 
Kjlauea on April 2d, but whether in Poliokeawe or in Ivilaueaiki, 
it is impossible to determine, the names are so confused in the 
various reports. At Kapapala, however, near the site of the erup- 
tion of Kilauea in 1823, a crack has opened and lava has oozed 
out, but by no means in sufficient quantity to lead to the supposi- 
tion that this is the conduit by which Ivilauea has empted itself. 

Dr. Hillebrand describes the present condition of this crater as 
follows : " The ground about the crater, particularly on the eastern 
and western sides, is rent by a great number of fissures, one near 
the Puna road more than twelve feet wide and very deep ; others 
of less size run parallel to and cross the Kau road so as to render 
travel on it very dangerous. The lookout house is detached from 
the main land by a very deep crevasse, and stands now on an iso- 
lated, overhanging rock, which, at the next severe concussion, must 
tumble into the pit below. Many smaller fissures are hidden by 
grass and bushes, forming so many traps for the unwary.. The 
Volcano House, however, has not suffered, nor is the ground sur- 
rounding it broken in the least. From the walls of Kilauea large 
masses of rock have been detached and thrown down. On the 



. — 44 — 

west and northwest side, where the fire had been most active be- 
fore the great earthquake of April 2d, the faUing masses probably 
have been at once melted by the lava and carried off in its stream, 
for the walls there remain as perpendicular as they were before ; 
but that this part of the wall has lost portions of its mass, is shown 
too evidently by the deep crevices along the western edge just 
spoken of, and the partial detachment in many places of large 
prisms of rock. But it is on the east and northeast particularly 
that the character of the wall has undergone a change. Along the 
descent in the second ledge large masses of rock, many, more than 
one hundred tons in weight, obstruct the path and form abutments 
to the stone pillars, — small buttress hills similar to those observed 
in front of the high basaltic wall in Koolau, Oahu. So, also, in the 
deep crater itself, the eastern wall has lost much of its perj^endic- 
ular diji, and has become shelving in part. The great south lake 
(Halemaumau) is transformed into a vast pit more than five hun- 
dred feet deep, the solid eastern wall projecting far over the hollow 
below, while the remaining sides are falling off with a sharp incli- 
nation, and consist of a confused mass of clinkers. More than two 
thirds of the old floor of Kilauea has caved in, and sunk from one 
to three hundred feet below the level of the remaining floor. The 
depression embraces the whole western half, and infringes in a 
semicircular line on a considerable portion of the other half. It is 
deepest in the northern and slopes gradually to the southern end." 

This is the first time since 1840 that Kilauea has emptied its 
great crater to such an extent, and this eruption is also the first 
since 1832, when both Kilauea and Mauna Loa have been in simul- 
taneous eruption. The crater of Mokuaweoweo, on Mauna Loa, 
has been very active twice since 1865, but no lava has run out, and 
no one has ascended the mountain, as the outbreaks occurred in 
winter, when the snows make the ascent more difficult and even 
dangerous. 

The earthquake shocks have been comparatively superficial, as 
is shown by their very circumscribed area, and are perhaps due to 
the very great rainfall which has penetrated the porous and fissured 
dome to the central fires which were on the point of breaking out. 
In other words, the erudition of Mauna Loa would have taken 
place soon, had no drop of rain fallen on Llawaii ; but its advent 
would have been quiet as usual, — no shocks, a simple parting of 



— 45 — 

the mountain walls in the weakest place, and a gushing torrent of 
lava. The earthquakes seem to have been caused in great part by 
the water reaching the net-work of hot material which was grad- 
ually penetrating the fissures of the mountain, and the explosive 
shocks resulted. The violence of these may have caused a prema- 
ture tapping of the lava reservoirs of Mauna Loa as well as those 
of Kilauea, and this is made more probable by the unusually small 
quantity of lava ejected. 

There seems to be some doubt whether the outbreak at Kahuku 
came from Mauna Loa or Kilauea ; but if Dr. Hillebrand gives the 
correct elevation of this crack, it must have been above the lava in 
Kilauea as well as forty miles distant. It is much to be hoped that 
some scientific man may be sent out to examine carefully the effects 
of this whole volcanic disturbance, as it presents an opportunity to 
solve several difficult problems which have long engaged the atten- 
tion of seismic ffeolosists. 



THE HAWAIIAN FLORA. 



From the time of Captain Cook's visit to the Hawaiian Islands, 
the vegetable productions of this group have attracted the interest 
of botanists, but it was not until last year that any comprehensive 
elaboration of the Flora appeared. Mr. Horace Mann, in his 
" Enumeration of Hawaiian Plants," has supplied the want, and 
greatly increased the interest in the unique Flora. From this 
work most of the following details have been gathered. 

Of the botanists who have visited the Islands, Menzies, Cha- 
misso, Gaudichaud, Macrae, Douglas, Brackenridge, Pickering and 
■Remy, made the largest collections, and their specimens are in 
various European herbaria. Dr. Wm. Hillebrand of Honolulu 
has recently sent many interesting contributions to Kew and to 
Mr. Mann. But by far the largest collection ever made was that 
of Mr. Mann and his companion in 1864-5. Various statistics of 
this series are given below, so far as they relate to the flowering 
plants. The grasses have not yet been published ; the ferns, in- 
cluding Lycopodiaceee, as at present determined, number thirty 
genera and one hundred and thirty-four species ; and the lichens 
forty-two genera and one hundred and thirty species. 



•46 — 












Amaranthacea3 

Anacardiaceie 

Apocj'naceffi 

Araliacea5 . 

Aroidea; . . 

Basellaceffi . 

Begoniaceas 

Bixaceas . . 

Borraginaceas 

Capijaridacefe 

CaryophyllaceEE 

Celastracea3 

Chenopodiaceffi 

Commelynace^ 

Compositae . . 

Couvolvulacese 

Crucifera; . 

Curcubitaceaa 

Cj'peracese . 

DioscoreacecB 

Droseraceffi 

Ebenacese . 

Epacridse . 

Ericacefe 

Euphorbiaceffi 

Gentianaceas 

Geraiiiacea3 

Gesneriaceas 

GoodeniaceEe 

Guttiferse . 

Halorageas 

Hydrophyllacese 

Ilicinffi . . 

Iridacea3 . . 

Juncaceffi . 

Labiatae . . 

Lauracea . 

Leguminosse 

Liliaceas . . 

Lobeliaceee . 

Loganiaceffi 

Loranthacese 

LythraceaB . 

Malvaceaj . 

Menispermacere 

Myoporineas 

Myrsinaceae 

Myrtaceae . 

Naidacese . 

Nyctaginacese 

Oleaceas . . 

Onagraceae . 

Orchidace« 

Palmes . . 

Pandaimceas 

Papayaceaa . 

Phytolaccaceas 

Piperaceaj . . 

Pittosporaceae 

Plantaginaceae 

Plumbaginaceae 



5 
1 
4 
6 
2 
1 
1 
1 
3 
2 
3 
1 
2 
2 

24 
6 
S 
3 

14 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
7 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
4 
2 

19 
4 
6 
1 
1 
2 
6 
2 
1 
1 
3 
3 
2 
1 
1 
2 
2 
2 
1 
1 
2 
1 
1 
1 



9 
1 
■ 5 
7 
2 
1 
1 
1 
4 
2 

14 
1 
5 
2 

59 

13 
4 
6 

40 
2 
1 
2 
2 
2 

14 
1 
6 

14 
6 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 

29 
2 

29 
5 

35 
5 
1 
2 

16 
3 
1 
3 
6 
5 
3 
1 
1 
8 
4 
2 
1 
1 

13 
6 
3 
1 



1 

4 

14 

5 

1 
1 
1 
1 
1 

28 
1 

11 
3 

35 



— 47. 











1 






t3 
































o 






§.2 












S 




o 












a 




S 

Vl CO 


o a' 












1 


a 


















W o 


' =-. 




g 


0) 














O OJ 






0/ 
























0) 




g 


a> 


l-t 


a 


ceS 




M 




C 


ft 




a 


u 


s 


o 


S« 


a 


O 


a 


^ 


^ 




0) 








a; 


a 




Ol 








O 


cc 


o 


m 


O 


Pm 


<^ 


W 


« 


K 


Polvgonaceie . . . 


2 


3 




1 








1 






Portulaccaceae 




2 


3 




2 


1 












Primulace£e . 




1 


2 




1 














Eanunculaceas 




1 


2 




2 


1 


* 










Rhamnaceae . 




3 


7 




5 


1 












Rosacea; . . . 




4 


6 


1 


4 


3 












Rubiaceffi . . 




13 


33 


3 


28 


5 




1 


1 




5 


Rutaceae . . . 




4 


17 


2 


17 


2 


* 






1 


6 


Santalacese . . 




2 


3 




3 


2 












Sapindaceie . 




2 


3 










1 








Sapotacea3 . . 




1 


1 




1 


1 


# 










Saxifragaceffi . 




1 


1 




1 


1 


* 










ScrophulariaceaB 




2 


2 












1 






Smilacina . . 




1 


3 




3 












1 


Solanace* . . 




4 


12 


1 


9 


1 




1 


1 




1 


Sterculiacefe . 




2 


3 




1 






1 


1 






Taccaceas . . 




1 


1 


















Ternstroemiacefe 




1 


1 




1 


1 


* 










Thymelacea; . 




1 


6 




5 














Tiliacea; . . . 




1 


1 




1 


1 


* 










Umbel liferas . 




3 


3 




1 


1 






1 






Urticaceaj . . 




11 


14 


2 


8 


4 




2 








Verbenaceoe . 




4 


4 












3 






Violaceae . . 




2 


6 


1 


6 


1 


* 








1 


Zlnziberacese . 




2 


2 












1 






Zygopbyllacese 




1 


1 




















253 


553 


39 


373 


76 


26 


27 


42 


5 


71 



Taking all the plants both native and introduced, we have as the pro- 
portion of species to each genus, 2.58 

The endemic genera alone, 3.94 

The genera represented only by endemic species, .... 1.28 

Introduced genera 1.07 

Endemic genera of only one species, 16 

Genera of a single endemic species, 49 

Introduced genera of one species 43 

Other genera of one species, 45 

Percentage of all the endemic species, 67.4 

" species of endemic genera, 28. 

" introduced species, 10.7 

" species discovered by Mann and Brighara, .... 11.4 

" species found elsewhere, . . • 10.5 



Li the first column are given the names of the families of plants ; 
in the second and third the genera and species ; then the endemic 
genera and species ; the genera and families represented only by 
peculiar species ; the introduced species of which our knowledge 
is mostly conjectural in one column, those known to be of recent 



— 48 — 

introduction in the next ; and finally the new genera and sjjecies 
first made known by Mr. Mann's collection. In the genera are 
included the six subgenera, Sicyocarya, Pterotropia, Campylotheca, 
Eaillardia, Polycoelium and Nototrichium. The coconut, pandanus, 
cordyline (ki), bread-fruit and kalo, are here regarded as indige- 
nous, as the first settlers must have had something to live on, and 
there is no evidence of their introduction other than the fact that 
they are most abundant near settlements. It is jorobable that one 
species of banana is native, but these are at jjresent but little known. 

The new genera of flowering plants described by Mr. Mann, 
are Alsinidendron, H. Mann ; Platydesma, H. Mann ; Dipanax, 
Seeman ; Hesperomannia, A. Gray ; Brighamia, A. Gray. 

Many of the introduced species have become completely natu- 
alized, as the verbena (oi) and indigo, and, like the introduced 
plants on St. Helena, have in many cases driven off the native 
vegetation. Eemy endeavored to divide the island flora into flve 
regions, but with little success. The shore zone is where most of 
the introduced plants are found, and is usually arid, sandy or 
rocky, and produces no luxuriant vegetation, but the plants are by 
no means exclusively littoral, or submaritime. The valleys have 
been so long the dwelling of man, and have been cultivated and 
cleared to such an extent that they are not at all distinct ; where 
they are well watered they are quite troj)ical. Above the height 
of eight hundred to a thousand feet the mountains are densely 
wooded on the windward side, and the limit of vegetation is de- 
termined by the asjDect ; on the windward side of Mauna Kea it 
reaches to a height of nearly twelve thousand feet, while on the 
lee of Mauna Loa it ceases at eight thousand feet. There is no 
truly alpine zone, the trees and shrubs of the lower regions be- 
come stunted, and flnally disappear, and the upper regions are 
quite destitute of vegetable life. 



The natives in Kona, Hawaii, have recently raised a new bell 
upon a neat tower which they have erected, attached to one of their 
churches. It was heard tolling for a long time, and when inquiry 
was made, the good people replied that they were about burying, 
in a becoming manner, some old conch shells, which had been 
blown for assembling the people to church during the past forty- 
eight years, and it appeared proper to strike the bell forty-eight 
times ! — Friend. 



— 49 — 



REV. ASA THURSTON. 

On the eleventh of last March, this venerable missionary died 
in Honolulu. We quote from the Pacific Commercial Advertiser 
of the fourteenth of the same month. 

" Rev. Asa Thurston was • born at Fitchburg, Mass., Oct. 12th, 
1787, and died in Honolulu, March 11th, 1868, at the advanced 
age of eighty years. He graduated at Yale College, in New 
Haven, in 1816, and at Andover Theological Seminary in 1819. 
Among his classmates at Andover were his associate, the Rev- 
Hiram Bingham ; the Rev. Cyrus Byington, missionary to the 
Choctaws ;. the Rev. Dr. Iving, missionary to Athens, Greece, and' 
several others who have become distinguished for their talents as 
divines or scholars. Soon after leaving the Seminary he was 
married to Miss Lucy Goodale of Marlborough, Mass., who has 
ever been his faithful wife and comjDanion in all the toils, labors 
and privations of missionary life. They embarked at Boston, 
Oct. 23d, 1819, with their associates, on board the brig Thaddeus, 
Capt. Blanchard. Before sailing, Mr. Thurston made a farewell 
address in Park Street Church. The vessel reached the Islands 
March 30th, 1820, and Mr. and Mrs. Thurston were assigned to 
the station at Kailua, Hawaii, the old residence of Hawaiian kings. 
There they resided for more than forty years, until, through the 
infirmities of age, they removed to Honolulu. Here he spent the 
few closing years of an eventful life, respected, honored and be- 
loved. As a missionary of the American Board, he has ever 
labored with great usefulness and success. His knowledge of the 
native language and character was most thorough. As a preacher 
he was ever popular among the Hawaiians, as he spoke their lan- 
guage with great purity and idiomatic accuracy. In the early 
years of the mission, his labors as a translator were arduous and 
successful. In this great work it fell to his lot to translate parts 
of Genesis, Numbers, Deuteronomy, and the whole of Samuel, 2d 
of Kings, and some other parts of the Bible. 

" His funeral was attended on Thursday last, by both Hawaiians 
and foreigners, from the First Church in Honolulu." 

It falls to the lot of but few men to witness such great changes 
as he has witnessed, the result in great measure of his own efforts ; 

4 



— 50 — 

or to reap on earth such a glorious reward for a life-long work as 
he enjoyed ere he passed away. When the brig Thaddeus an- 
chored on the shores of Hawaii, the members of this Christian 
" Forlorn Hope," Capt. Hunnewell, who was an officer on the brig, 
tells us, were filled with the deepest anxiety as to what reception 
the chiefs and people would give them, fearing, even, lest they 
should not be allowed to land at all as. teachers. Great, then, was 
their astonishment when they learned that a revolution had in a 
few months performed for them the work of years ; that the peo- 
ple had destroyed their idols, had desecrated their temples, and 
had, with almost universal consent, broken up the most binding 
religious laws, which, with all the authority of ancient custom, 
and strengthened by a most vivid superstitious belief, had held 
them in servitude for ages ; that a nation of skeptics, believing 
in nothing, despising the past, and by the teachings of their own 
prophets, waiting and hoping for a new and better Hght from 
beyond the seas, were ready to give them an enthusiastic welcome 
as the apostles of a new civilization. Such was Mr. Thurston's 
first experience in missionary life. His few last years, after forty 
years of toil, were spent among his friends, and in the midst of 
the people he had helped to civilize ; years of quiet and well 
earned rest. And as we saw him at church, or met him on the 
street, his venerable figure, with his hoary head and flowing beard, 
was ever to us the fulfilment of our ideal of the old patriarchs of 
Bible times. 



JOHN P. PARKER. 



Mr. John P. Parker died at Honolulu, March 25, 1868, at the 
advanced age of seventy-eight. He was born at Newton, Massa- 
chusetts, and at the age of seventeen commenced a seafaring life 
on a vessel trading with the Northwest Coast and China. After 
touching at the Hawaiian Islands several times, he finally decided 
to settle on Hawaii about the year 1815, and was in the service of 
Kamehameha I., who fully appreciated his integrity and worth. 
After the death of this king, in 1819, Mr. Parker lived at Waia- 



— 51 — 

puka, in the rich, well-watered district of North Kohala, and here 
this pioneer acquired a great reputation among the natives by his 
skill in fishing and in hunting wild cattle among the mountains ; he 
was indeed the first one allowed to use his gun on the cattle intro- 
duced by Vancouver, which had been under a strict Tcapu. 

About the year 1835 he removed to Waimea, first building up 
the place now known as Puuloa, and about ten years afterwards, 
the ranch at Mana in Hamakua. Here for the past quarter of 
a century he lived, surrounded by his children and many as- 
sistants, and fully occupied with his immense herds of cattle 
and sheep. Here, too, the traveller always found a hearty 
welcome, and no one would care to go from Kawaihae to Hilo 
without making Mr. Parker's house a station for at least one night. 
We weir remember one dark night, when belated and lost on a 
sorry beast, we heard the dogs barking, and soon saw lights, and 
before we had time to look about, we were welcomed by the ven- 
erable host, and seated at a grand koa table, forgetting the long 
weary ride and the wretched nag. Then he would tell us his 
stories of the olden time on Hawaii, and we would see the tusks of 
the wild boars he and his sons had killed, and in the cool, bright 
moi'ning, he would show us his splendid horses, the best on Hawaii, 
and all the while he was surrounded by his grandchildren and a 
band of natives who evidently regarded him as the patriarch of 
the region. The Hawaiians always loved him, and he took a wife 
from their number, with whom he lived happily forty years, until 
her death. Some six months before his death he made profession 
of his Christian faith, and was baptized by the two missionaries of 
his neighborhood, for whom he had always shown great respect. 
He may have forgotten the many who received his hospitality, but 
these friends, now scattered all over the world, will ever remember 
the Patriarch of Hawaii. 

The Eev. S. C. Damon, D. D., preached the funeral discourse at 
the Bethel on the Sunday following his decease, and his remains 
were conveyed to Hawaii,, to rest beside those of his wife, son and 
daughter. He leaves one son, several grandchildren and two great 
grandchildren. 



— 52 — 



CURRENT EVENTS. 

Perhaps never before in Hawaiian history has the nation 
been so distinctly divided into two political parties. The feeling 
of political discontent has been steadily increasing, and this feel- 
ing is daily assuming a more active and offensive attitude. The 
Liberal party is growing larger and stronger. The February 
elections were attended with considerable excitement and party 
bitterness. The Opposition fiercely accused the other party with 
tampering with the rights of voters at the polls, and published 
considerable evidence to that effect. There was also talk of 
challenging the rights of certain members to sit in the House 
on the ground of illegal election ; but nothing was done, and, 
whether the charges were with or without foundation, it is probable 
that the stir that was made will have a beneficial effect on future 
elections. The Opposition elected a majority to the House. The 
Legislature has met, performed its business and adjourned with 
a praiseworthy degree of promptness. The Opposition did not 
seem to have any systematic plan before them, and lost half 
their strength for want of concerted action. A subsidy bill was 
passed, against the wishes of many liberal members, to aid the 
California line of steamers to the amount of twenty-five thousand 
dollars a year. It may be a good investment in the end. The 
request of the King to have his salary raised was granted with 
little opposition, and forty-five thousand dollars a year voted for 
his support. A bill was passed taxing horses of an inferior grade 
much less than before, while the tax on the better class remains 
the same. This seems impolitic, as it is a i^remium on bad horses, 
which are altogether too numerous on the Islands. Since the first 
horses were landed in 1803, the breed has not been carefully im- 
proved, and the fact that a bad horse costs as much to keep as a 
good one has been lost sight of. 

"War received its usual large appropriation, far beyond what was 
voted for educational purposes. It is strange how quietly this 
large item of army expenses is acquiesced in by the people ; it is a 
costly humbug — they receive nothing in return but feathers, pa- 
rades and salutes of blank cartrid£:es from " Brown Bess " muskets. 



53 



An attempt was made during tlie session to bring Mr. "Whitney, 
the editor of the "Pacific Commercial Advertiser," before the 
House on the charge of pubhshing traitorous articles, but it ended 
as it commenced, in talk. 

The Reciprocity Treaty has been tabled by its friends, because a 
two-thirds vote could not be obtained. Minister Harris has labored 
faithfully and constantly, and his present failure is much to be 
regretted. The Hawaiian Club has done much to help him, spend- 
"ing money and time in their efforts to advance free trade betvreen 
the two countries. Unfortunately the question of annexation im- 
peded the negotiation, both here and at- the Islands, and many who 
wished the Islands well considered the proposed treaty as made 
mainly in favor of the CaKfornia sugar refiners. 

So much has lately been said about annexation of the Hawaiian 
Kingdom to the United States, that the subject cannot be wholly 
passed by here. Annexation has never been the policy of the 
United States. Annexationists in the present case have a great 
deal to say about the importance of American interests at the 
Islands, and the great advantage to both countries if they had one 
flag and one government. We believe that no one has a better 
knowledge of the importance of the United States to the Islands 
than the Hawaiians themselves, and we regard the interests of the 
natives as paramount, and any interests that interfere with them 
or override them as illegal and inimical. Under the present atti- 
tude of the two governments there could be no annexation except 
by force, and ijiere seems to be nothing in the situation which 
would authorize or excuse such a procedure. 

King Kamehameha V. is reported to have said, in view of the 
increasing American influence at the Islands, that, if the Ameri- 
cans did not let him alone, he would hoist the British flag, and put 
himself under British protection ; which would give the annexa- 
tionists the casus belli they desire. 

The record of the stay of the U. S. ^. Lachawanna at the 
Islands is a strange one. Sent at the request of one of the Ha- 
waiian Government ministers, the instructions to her officers were 



— 54 — 

liberal and generous in the extrenae, and, so far as we can learn, 
the conduct of her commander, a well-known friend to Hawaiian 
interests, and her officers, was what was to be expected of their 
position. While cruising round the group, the Lackawanna res- 
cued a ship's company that had been wrecked on one of the barren 
reefs several hundred miles to the northward ; several of these 
shipwrecked persons were native Hawaiians. The Lieutenant- 
Governor of Hawaii, under instructions from the Minister of the 
Interior at Honolulu, refused the non-commissioned officers and 
crew permission to land at Hilo, an act of discourtesy to a friendly 
power unprecedented at the Islands. The indignation caused by 
this act, whether intended br not, was very damaging to the pros- 
pects of the Reciprocity Treaty. The excuse for this unfriendly 
act was the alleged misconduct of some of the crew while on an 
excursion to Puuloa, a small fishing village a few miles from Hono- 
lulu ; we have no evidence of the truth of this charge except that 
given by the Minister of the Interior. 

The demand of the Hawaiian Government for the removal of 
the Lackawanna, and the reply of the United States Government, 
would be interesting in this connection, and would throw much 
light on some dark things ; but it has not been published, in defer- 
ence, we understand, to the wishes of the Hawaiian Administra- 
tion. The Lackawanna completed her cruise, and was relieved 
some months ago by the U. S. S. Mohongo. 

"We rejoice to see that measures have been taken to secure a 
lighthouse at the entrance to Honolulu Harbor, a much needed 
public improvement. His Majesty's Government tcould not erect 
a more desirable monument. We well remember our arrival after 
dark off" Honolulu, and the expense we were put to in burning a 
quart of turpentine as a signal, all unnoticed, and we were obliged 
to patiently wait for the Pele next morning. 

Among the internal improvements proposed by the Legislature, 
the attempt to improve inter-island steam navigation perhaps ranks 
first. Thirty thousand dollars were appropriated for the next two 
years, and the bill provides for the termination of the charter of 
the present company in six months from its passage, and the ser- 
vice will then be open to competition. It provides for one steamer 



— 55 — 

to run to and around Hawaii, making tliis trip in one week, for two- 
thirds of the subsidy. The bill also provides for a steamer to run 
to Kauai, touching at every port, and making the circuit of that 
island once a week for five thousand dollars a year. 

One hundred and forty-eight Japanese laborers arrived on the 
18th of June. Six were accompanied by their wives. Their 
wages are fixed by contract at four dollars per month, with food, 
clothing, medical attendance, and free passage at the end of three 
years to Japan. Besides being more intelligent than the Chinese 
coolies hitherto imported, they appear healthier, and are more 
docile. 

The vacancy on the Supreme Bench occasioned by the death of 
Judge Robertson, has been filled by the appointment of Gen. A. S. 
Hartwell to the position. The General is a Massachusetts man, 
and a graduate of Harvard College and Law School. During the 
war he served as Colonel of one of the Massachusetts colored regi- 
ments, and in other situations of responsibility, and near its close 
was breveted Brigadier. 

A reception was given by the Hawaiian Club a/ew weeks ago 
in honor of Gen. Hartwell, at the residence of Gen. Marshall at 
Riverside ; at which were assembled the friends of the Club, old 
Island residents, and people interested in the Islands to the number 
of forty or fifty. The day was a perfect one, and with the pleasant 
meetings of acquaintances, the interchange of news and opinions, 
the spread of good things under the trees, together with croquet, 
boating, etc., all heightened by the friendly informality which char- 
acterizes the Club reunions, the afternoon passed only too quickly 
away. Gen. Hartwell sailed for the Islands the midale of August : 
the best wishes of his friends for his success go with him. 

J. W. Austin, Esq., has also been appointed to the Supreme 
Bench, in place of Judge Davis, resigned. 

It were pleasant to step out of the mud of politics for a little 
season, did not the nest step launch us into a chaos of spouting 
lava, earthquakes, heavy surf, smoke, bad gases, and rivers of thick 
mud ; a combination worse than any two of Pharaoh's plagues. 
The earthquake and eruption which took place on Hawaii, at 



— 56 — 

about the first of last April, was one of the great events of the 
century : and geologists, as they learn mol'e about it, are disposed 
to regard it as one of the greatest earthquakes on record the world 
over. About a hundred people were killed ; and the amount of 
property that was destroyed was, very great. Contributions of 
monej^ and clothes were made from different parts of the Islands 
for the sufferers, in which good work Queen Emma was very 
active. The King also did much to help them with gifts of clothes 
and the cheering influence of his presence and sympathy. It seems 
most desirable that a scientific expedition should be organized to 
explore the scene of the earthquake and eruption. 

It is with peculiar feelings that we chronicle the loss of the 
schooner Excel, or Moi wahine, as she was more familiarly known. 
She was no ordinaiy craft, and was so old, years ago, that we never 
found any one who knew where she was built, or when. Before 
her advent at the Islands fifteen or twenty years ago, she did good 
service as a fishing smack on the Banks of Newfoundland. Of her 
history previous'to that time we have no knowledge. At the time 
of her loss she was not the same vessel that she was when she first 
arrived. It is perhaps safe to say that she has been rebuilt half a 
dozen times. For the last ten years she has been in a chronic 
state of leakiness, and often when we have been compelled to take 
passage in her, we have wished that, ere we should have occasion 
to risk our valuable lives in her sugar-packed hull again, she might 
gently sliiver her timbers against some friendly rock-bound coast, 
and decay where the winds and waves would ever chant over her a 
fitting requiem ; but she was doomed to a more cruel fate. Blown 
out to sea from a shelterless guano island she has never since been 
heard from, f She was a fair sailer, a capital sea-boat, and led a 
career of honor and usefulness. 

Two of the American missionaries have died .within the last 
year : Eev. Asa Thurston, one of the pioneers, who landed at the 
Islands in the year 1820 ; and Rev. E. Johnson of Kauai, who was 
sent as delegate to the Micronesian Missions, and died on th6 
Morning Star just before reaching the island of Ebon, where he 
was buried. We also record the death of two old and well-known 
residents ; Capt. B. F. Snow of Honolulu, and IMr, Parker, the 
j)atriarch of Hawaii. 



— 57 — 

We have lately had the pleasure of examinmg specimen copies 
of the revised edition of the Hawaiian Bible ; it is published in 
octavo form for common use, and with wide margins as a quarto for 
the pulpit. The type is distinct, the paper clear, and the pages 
beautifully printed : there are full marginal references to both Old 
and New Testaments. As a translation, its improvement on the 
old edition is plainly noticeable ; mistakes are corrected, and the 
language in places is more idiomatic. Mr. Clark, formerly of 
Honolulu, has had the supervision of the publishing of the work. 
It was printed at the New York Bible House. We congratulate 
the Hawaiian public on the acquisition of so perfect a Bible. 

Another publication on the Hawaiian Islands has just come out ; 
we refer to a translation of Jules Eemy's " Tales of a Venerable 
Savage," by William T. Brigham, Esq., of Boston. Parts of the 
work have been translated before, and printed in the Honolulu 
papers, but it has never been published in a compact form. We 
find the translation to be very literal, and the style is easy and 
pleasant to the reader. It is published in a pamphlet form, and 
bears on the title-page a unique vignette, which is a faithful repre- 
sentation of Kamehameha's old war idol, now in the cabinet of 
Oahu College. Historically, and as throwing light on Hawaiian 
customs, the work is most valuable, and Mr. Brigham deserves the 
thanks of the public for the undertaking. As only two hundred 
copies were printed, copies are now comparatively scarce. 

We have watched with interest the advent of a new public 
journal at Honolulu, the " Maile Quarterly." As its name denotes, 
it is published once a quarter, and is devoted to religion, literature 
and education, and to social and political questions pertaining to 
the Pacific Islands. There is a place in the literature of the 
Islands which needs to be filled by just such a periodical as this in 
its prospectus proposes to be ; and the opportunity which the pub- 
lishers of the Maile Quarterly have for making it a necessity, and 
gaining for it a wide and permanent influence, is too good to be 
lost. 

Mr. Horace Mann's valuable " Enumeration of Hawaiian Plants" 
is soon to be followed by a complete Flora of the Islands, so that 
the people of Hawaii will have' no excuse for any ignorance of 
the wonders of the vegetable world around them. 



— 58 — 

CUSTOM HOUSE STATISTICS— HAWAIIAN ISLANDS, 

1867. 

PKEPAEED BT W. P. ALLEN, C0LLECTOR-GEI^^ERAL OP CUSTOMS. 



IMPORTS — Port of Honolulu, Hawaiian Islands, 1867. 



VALUE GOODS 
PAYING DUTT 



VALUE GOODS 
IN BOND. 



Implements, 



Ale, Porter and Beer, 

Animals, 

Building Materials, 

Clothing, Hats, Boots, . 

Crockery and Glassware, 

Drugs, 

f Cottons, 

-p, ^ , 1 Linens, . 
DryGoods,<(giiI^^^; 

( Woolens, 

Fancy Goods, Millineiy, 

Fish (dry and salt). 

Flour, ... 

Fruits (fresh). 

Furniture, 

Furs and Ivory, . 

Grain, 

Groceries and Provisions, 

Hardware, Agi-icultural 
Tools, etc., . 

Iron and Steel, 

Jewelry, Plate, Clocks, 

Lumber, 

Machinery, 

Naval Stores 

Oils (whale, kerosene, cocoanut, etc.), 

Opium, 

Perfumery, Toilet Articles, 

Paints and Paint Oils, 

Saddlery, Can-iages, etc., 

Shooks, Containers, .... 

Spirits, 

Stationery, Books, etc., 

Tea, "...... 

Tin, Tinware, ..... 

Tobacco, Segars, .... 

Whalebone, 

Wines (light), .... 

Sundry merchandise, not included in the 
above, 

Sundry merchandise imported by Whal- 
ers, 

Sundry unspecified merchandise, 

Charges on Invoices, 

25 per cent, added on uncertified In- 
voices, 



^24,800 36 

204 00 

18,753 01 

238,413 62 

8,131 46 

19,074 95 

229,260 27 
25,200 62 
14,508 82 
84,228 00 
44,704 46 
30,594 75 
24,704 18 
2,699 46 
18,436 42 



6,383 39 
59,718 66 

100,521 94 

8,836 41 

11,692 52 

57,586 70 

3,842 89 

35,845 94 

11,807 97 

7,776 90 

3,192 86 

16,987 31 

37,419 06 

28,374 31 



26,010 93 

8,870 71 

3,707 28 

28,659 66 



6,726 65 

25,443 36 

3,549 21 

1,56 340 

23,309 09 

15,001 04 



8,725 82 



19,489 61 



12.883 83 



888 88 
7,709 62 
3,101 15 



21,529 82 
26 00 

197 02 
23,178 00 

189 44 
86,855 00 

2,032 43 
7,726 28 



45 00 



57,875 84 

98,410 36 

7,153 00 

621 48 

639 29 

4,167 95 

26,312 03 

23,288 76 

522 51 

41 09 



22,346 55 

125,383 14 

1,724 72 

15,537 07 



585 60 
3,463 55 



$33,526 18 

204 00 

18,753 01 

257-,903 23 

8,131 46 

19,074 95 

242,144 10 

25,200 62 

15,397 70 

91,937 62 

47,805 61 

30,594 75 

46,234 00 

2,725 46 

18,633 44 

23,178 00 

6,572 83 

146,573 66 

102,544 37 

■ 16,562 69 

11,692 52 

57,631 70 

3,842 89 

93,721 78 

110,218 33 

14,929 90 

3,814 34 

17,626 60 

41,587 04 

54,686 34 

23,288 76 

26,533 44 

8,911 80 

3,707 28 

51,006 21 

125,383 14 

8,451 37 

40,980 43 

3,549 21 

2,149 00 

26,772 64 



.$1,316,542 57 $582,650 87 



Discounts, 

Discounts on United States Currency,. 
Damaged and Short, '. ... 



$4,933 63 

54,930 61 

3,520 57 



$1,899,193 44 



63,384 81 



$1,835,808 63 



59- 



Domestic Exports, Port of Honolulu, 1867. 



Sugar, lbs., 17,127,187 

Molasses, galls., 544,994 

Paddy, lbs., 572,099 

Rice, lbs., . . 441,750 

Coffee, lbs., 127,546 

Salt, tons, 107 

Fungus, lbs., . 167,666 

Poi, bbls., 649 

Bananas, behs., .2,913 

Cotton, lbs., 13,512 

Goat Skins, pes., 51,889 

Hides, lbs., 304,095 

Tallow, lbs., , 60,939 

Pulu, lbs., 203,958 

Wool, lbs., 409,471 

Whale Oil, galls., 70,646 

Sperm Oil, galls., 58 

Whalebone, lbs., . . ' . . . 48,444 

Peanuts, lbs., 16,315 

Oranges, pkgs., 105 and 3,000 

Limes, pkgs., 17 and 29,500 

Cocoanuts, 20,265 

Potatoes, bbls., 221 

Arrow-root, pkgs., 2 and lbs., 325 

Horns, pes., 19,225 

Bones, lbs., 127,904 

Pumpkins, 450 

Soap, lbs., 250 

Sandal Wood, pes., 24 and lbs., 5,463 

Plants, pkgs., . 4 

Beche le mer, lbs., 4,958 

Kukui Nuts, lbs., 130 

Ivory, lbs., 1,702 

Hay, bdls., 35 

Vegetables, kegs, 71 

(jold Fish, 400 

Oil Presses, . . , 2 

Eice Mills, 1 

Shark Fins, cs., 1 

Horses, . . . . " 12 

'Mules, 5 

Bullock, .1 

Sheep, 12 

Curiosities, etc., 



— 60 



Total Value Domestic Produce, Including tlie Catch, of Hawaiian WTialers, rates taken 
at Custom House, viz. : 



Sperm oil $1 05 per gall., Whale oil 34 c. per gall., Coast oil 31 c. per 
gall., Arctic bone 62 c. per lb., Ocliotsk bone 59 c. per lb., Kodiac 

bone 57 c. per lb., $1,205,622 02 

Furnished as Supplies to Whalers, as per estimate, . . . 72,100 00 

" " Merchantmen, 26,400 00 

" " National Vessels, 20,000 00 

All qtlier Forts, all vessels, cargoes and supplies, estimated, . . 30,000 00 



$1,354,122 02 



Total of all Exports, Port of Honolulu. 



Value Foreign Goods exported, $355,539 85 

Value Domestic Goods exported, 1,205,622 02 

Value Domestic Goods furnished as Supplies, 118,500 00 



$1,679,661 87 



Value of G-oods paying duty Imported at Honolulu, from 

United States, Pacific side, .......'.. $669,015 96 

United States, Atlantic side, 137,486 87 

Bremen, 213,097 39 

Great Britain, 164,614 45 

British Columbia, 14,037 11 

Sea, 4,153 71 

Islands of the Pacific, . . . ' 698,70 

Eussian Possessions, • 4,409 63 

Sydnej-, 168 00 

Hongkong, . 23,739 15 

Tahiti, 302,30 

Japan, 173 50 



$1,231,896 17 



— 61 — 



Value of Goods, Ineluding Spirits, Bonded from 



United States, Pacific side, $119,260 24 

United States, Atlantic side, 137,009 54 

Bremen, 17,411 74 

Great Britain, 48,547 86 

British Cokunbia, 7,322 19 

Sea, 205,617 11 

Islands of the Pacific, 13,793 10 

Russian Possessions, ., . . . 27,413 56 

Sydney, 2,709 80 

Hongkong, 404 35 

Tahiti, 916 80 

Guam, 2,502 87 

$582,909 16 



Kesume— Imports. 



Value of goods paying duties, . 
" and spirits bonded, 

" imported free, . 



imported at Lahaina, duty paid, . 
" Hilo, duty paid, 

" " free, . 

" Kawailiae, duty paid, 

" " free, . 

" Kealakeakua " . 



$1,231,896 77 

582,909 16 

133,463 31 

2,613 59 

3,135 55 

2,871 86 

113 05 

214 18 

192 70 

$1,957,410 17 



Mereiant Vessels and Steamers at the Ports of tlie Hawaiian Islands, 1867. 









HONOLULU. 


T , 




Hilo. 


Totals. 


Nation. 


Inside. 


Outside. 






No. 


Tons. 


No. 


Tons. 


No. 


Tons. 


No. 


Tons. 


No. 


Tons. 


American, . 
British, . . 






54 

24 

29 

1 

i 


24,283 

11,495 

6,503 

612 

69 


11 

6 


9,344 
4,900 


1 


572 


3 
1 


70S 
225 


69 
31 
29 


34,862 

16,620 

6,503 


Russian, 
Norwegian, 
French, . . 
Tahitian 


1 
1 
1 


772 

• 437 

393 










1,384 

437 

393 

69 




















109 


42,962 


20 


15,846 


1 


527 


4 


933 


134 


60,268 



— 62 



"Wnialing Vessels at the Ports of Hawaiian Islands, 1867. 





HONOLULU. 










Nation. 




Lahaina. 


Hilo. 


Kawaihae 


Totals. 








Inside. 


Outside. 










American, .... 


76 


54 


10 


38 


49 


227 


Hawaiian, .... 


6 






1 




7 


Oldenburg, .... 


3 










3 


British, .... 








i 




1 


French, 


1 


i 






1 


3 


Tahitian, .... 


1 


1 








2 




87 


56 


10 


40 


50 


243 



NOTE. 



The Catalogue of Hawaiian Publications here presented was suggested by Mr. 
J. F. Hunnewell, and as many books in the native language were fast passing 
away, it seemed worth the while to collect such titles as might now be found. 
The former catalogues of Dibble, Jarves, Pease and jMartin have been here 
rearranged, and a large collection of Island publications, procured for Harvard 
College through the kindness of the Hawaiian Evangelical Board and individual 
missionaries, has been added. To economize space, the catalogue has been 
aiTanged under authors, and where these are unknown, under subjects, so that 
in no case is the same title repeated; cross references are, however, given. 

The list of works relating to the Islands in the Library of Harvard College- 
(marked H. C. in the Catalogue), was chiefly made by Sanford B. Dole, Esq., 
and the index to the Missionary Herald by Mr. J. F. Hunnewell, who has also 
rendered much assistance in other ways. Books found only in his collection are 
marked H. 

Books collected by the compiler are marked B., and all such in the Hawaiian 
language have been deposited in the Harvard Library, where is now the largest 
collection of Hawaiian literature extant. A few (marked A.) are in the Boston 
Athenaeum. Publications of the American Mission, embracing two hundred and 
thirty-eight titles, are, except those printed at Laliainaluna, marked M., those 
of the Catholic Mission, C. M., and some others, H. M. W. (H. M. Whitney). 

It is hoped that omissions and additions as well as corrections, will be reported to 
the officers of the Hawaiian Club, that as complete a list, especially of Hawaiian 
Works, as possible may be preserved. 



A CATALOaUE OE WOEKS 



PUBLISHED AT, OR KELATING TO, 



THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS 



Agricultural Society, Eoyal Hawaiian, Transactions of. 
Honolulu, 1850-56. 2 vols. 8vo. B. (H. C.) 

Aha Elele, Ka. — The Convention. A Journal published in Ameri- 
can and Hawaiian during the debates in the Convention of 
1864. 18 Nos. to August 31. Honolulu. 

Ai o ka la, Ka.— Daily Food. 2d Edition. New York, 1862. 18mo. 
pp. 154. (A. B. C. F. M.) B. See Emerson. 

Alakai Mua. — First steps in Reading. Honolulu,1854:. 12mo. B. (H.C.) 

Alaula, Ke. — A Child's Paper. Blus. Honolulu, 1866. 

Alemanaka Hawaii. Honolulu, 1834. 2000 copies. 

Alemanaka Keritiano, 1861. Honolulu, M., 1861. 12mo. pp. 36. 
B. (H. C.) 
Almanacs tiave been published every year since 1835. ^•- 

Alexander (William Dewitt). — A slioi;t synopsis of the most es- 
sential points in Hawaiian Grammar : for the use of tlie 
pupils of Oahu College. Honolulu, li.'M.W., 1864:. 2 pts. 
pp. 19 and 34. 12mo. B. (H.C.) 

Keview of a Pastoral Address by T. N. Staley ; containing a 

reply to some of his charges against the American Protestant 
Mission to the Hawaiian Islands. [Originally published in 
the Pacific Commercial Advertiser.] Honolulu, PI. M. W., 
1864. 8vo. pp. 87. B. (H. C.) 
Alexander, (Rev. W. P.). — Na Haawinamua o ka boailona helu, a me 
ka anahonua, ka ana huinakolu, ka anaaina, a me ke kumu holo- 
holo moku. [Translated from Legendre.] Lalicdnaluna, 1843. 

Na Hoike e ikeia'i i ka olelo i kapaia o ka Palaj^ala Hemolele. 

[Biblical Commentary.] Honolulu, M., 1849. 12mo. B. 



— 64 — 

Alexander (Eev. W. P.).— Same. 2d Edition. Honolulu, H. M. W., 
1863. 12mo. pp. 116. B. (H. C.) 

He olelo no ke Akua ano, a me na mea ana i kauolia mai ai i 

kanaka. A Treatise on God's character, and commandments 
to men. Honolulu, M., IM^. 12mo. pp.219. B. (H. C.) 

2d Edition. Honolulu, H. M. W., 1861. B. (H. C.) 

Armstrong and Clark. Matemateka. Lahainaluna, 1838. 

8vo. pp. 168. B. (H. C.) 
Allp:n (Elisha H.). — See Reports. 
Amateur, The. — Edited by A. M. Carter. Aug., 1852. Publisked by 

tlie " Hawaiian Juvenile Society." 
Anahonua, Ke. — Trigonometry. Lahainaluna, 1834. 8vo. pp. 122. 

45 woodcuts. B. (H. C.) 

See Andrews, Lorrin. 

AxDERSON. — A Catalogue of the different species "of cloth collected in 
the three voyages of Captain Cook, with a particular account 
of the manner of manufacturing the same in the various 
islands of the South Seas; extracted from observations of 
Anderson and R. Forster. London, 1787. 4to.' 

Anderson (Mrs. E. H.). — He mau olelo i na wahine o Hawaii. Ad- 
dress to the Women of Hawaii. Honolulu, H. M. W., 1863. 
18mo. 12. B. (H. C.) 

Anderson (IMiss M. E.). — Scenes in the Hawaiian Islands and Cali- 
fornia. Boston, 1861. 18mo. pp. 238. Ulus. 

Anderson (Rev. Rufus). — Memorial volume of the first Fifty Years 
of the American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Mis- 
sions. Boston, 1861. Fifth Ed. 1863. 8vo. pp. 450. Map 
and Woodcuts. B. (H. C.) 

The Hawaiian Islands, their Progress and Condition under Mis- 

sionary Labors. Boston, Gould & Lincoln, 1864. 12mo. 

pp. 450. Map and woodcuts. B. (H. C) 
■ Special Report presented to the A. B. C. F. M., Sept., 1866, on 

the Reformed Catholics and Sandwich Islands Mission. 8vo. 

pp. 8. B. (H. C.) 

Sermon at Funeral of Rev. E. Spaulding. Boston, 1840. 8vo. H. 

Andersson (N. J.) . — Botanique du Voyage de la fregate suedoise 

VEugenie, en 1851-53. Stockholm, 1857. 4to, plates. 

See Virgin (C. A.). 

Andrews (Rev. Lorrin). — Ka Hoike Honua. Geography. Honolulu, 
M., 1832. 12mo. pp. 44. 3d Ed. B. 

Na Holoholona o ka Honua. Animals of the World. Honolulu, 

M., 1833. 12mo. pp. 12, with a chart. B. (IL C.) 



— Q5 — 

Akdrews (Rev. Lorrin). — Ke Anahonua, Honolulu, M., 1833. 18mo. 
pp. 61. lUus. B. (H. C.) 

2d Edition. Honolulu, 1854. B. (H. C.) 

Olelo Hoakaka no ka Honua. Questions on Geography. Hono- 

lulu, M., 1834. B. 

He mau liaawina no ka Palapala Hemolele. Bible Class Book, 

from Abbott and Fiske. Vol. I. Lahainaluna, 1834. 16mo. 
pp. 100. B. 

Ka Hoikehonua a me Palapala aina. Laliainaluna, 1835. pp. 

216. B. (H. C.) 

A Vocabulary of the Hawaiian Language. Laliainaluna, 1835- 

36. 8vo. pp. 132. B. 

Palapala aina. Atlas of colored maps. Laliainaluna, 1836. 

4to. pp. 9. 3d Ed. B. 

Maps of Sacred Geographj^. Laliainaluna, 1837. pp. 6. 2d 

Ed. B. (H. C.) 

Palapala Hakau Kii. Drawing. Laliainaluna, 1837. 12mo. 

pp. 36. B. (H. C.) 

He Mau Haawina no ka olelo Beritania. Lessons on the Eng- 

lish language. Lahainaluna, 18B7. 12mo. pp.36. 
2d Edition. Lahainaluna, 1841. 12mo. pp. 40. B. (H. C.) 

3d Edition. Honolulu, 1844. B. (H. C.) 

Grammar. American and Hawaiian. Lahainaluna, 1837. 8vo. 

pp. 40. 

Kumu kahiki. Foreign Primer. Lahainaluna, 1837. 12mo. 

pp. 36. B. (H. C.) 

' Sermon preached at Lahainaluna, October 18th, 1839, on the 

death of Mr. Charles McDonald. Lahainaluna, 1840. 8vo. 
pp. 31. B. (H. C.) 

He mau Palapala aina. Lahainaluna, 1840. 4to., atlas, col. 

B. (H. C.) 

English and Hawaiian Lessons. Lahainaluna, 1841. 16mo. pp. 

40. B. (H. C.) 

Hoike Honua. Keith's Study of the Globes. Lahainaluna, 

1841. 16mo. pp. 80. B. (H. C) 

Hoike Honua a me Palapala aina no ka olelo a ke Akua. Lahai- 

naluna, 1842. 4to. 6 maps col. B. (H. C.) 

■ He mau Palapala aina a me na niele e pili ana. 2d Edition. 

Lahainaluna, 1840. Colored Maps. B. (H. C.) 

O ke kokua no ko Hawaii poe kamalii e ao i ka olelo Beritania. 

Exercise Book for Hawaiian Children learning EngUsh. 
Lahainaluna, 1843. 18mo. pp. 104. B. (H. C.) 

5 



— 66 — 

Ajstdrews (Rev. Lorein). — Grammar of the Hawaiian Language. Hon- 
olulu, M., 1854. 8vo. pp. 158. B. 

A Dictionary of the Hawaiian Language, to which is appended 

an English Hawaiian Vocabulary, and a Chronological Table 
of Remarkable Events. Honolulu, H. M. W., 1865. 8vo. 
pp. 560. B. 

Green (Rev. J. S.) Palapala Heluhelu. Reading Book. 

Lahainaluna, 1842. 12mo. pp. 340. 

Sabbath Whaling. Hawaiian Tract Society. No. 1. n. d. 

18mo. ' pp. 20. B. (H. C.) 
Andrews ("Samuel C.)? — Ke Keiki Palonia, or Pioneer Boy. I unu- 

hiia a i kakauiia ma ka olelo Hawaii. Lahainaluna, 1868. 
Aniani, Te. Honolulu, cm.,' 1858. 8vo. pp.19. B. (H.C.J 
AoHOKU, O ke. Lahainaluna, n. d. 12mo. pp. 12. (A. B. C. F. M.) 
Ao KiKO; ola ke ao ana i ke kau ana i na kiko, a me ka hookomo ana 
i na hua nui ma ka olelo. A Treatise on Punctuation. Hono- 
lulu, M., n. d. 12mo. pp. 24. B. (H. C.) 
Arago (Jacques). — Promenade autour du monde pendant les annees 
1817-18-19-20, sur les corvettes du roi VUranie et la Physici- 
enne, commandees par M. Freycinet. Paris, Leblanc, 1823. 
2 vols in 8vo, et atlas in fol. de 26 pi. 

English translation. London, Treultel & Wurtz, 1823. 4to. 

lUus. See p. 56 to p. 153. (H. C.) 

Souvenirs d'un aveugle, voyage autour du monde. Paris, Gayet, 

1838. 4 vols. gr. in 8vo. 

Thii'd Edition, enrlchie de 60 desslns executes par M. 

Maurin, et de notes scientlfique par M. F. Arago. Paris, 1840. 
4 vols. gr. in 8vo. 

Arnott (G. a. W.). — See Hooker and Arnott. 

Armstrong (Rev. R.). — Olelo no ka ano Pope. On Popery. Hono- 
lulu, M., 1841. 12mo. pp. 23. 

Obituary Notice of Mrs. Angellne L. Castle. Honolulu, M. , 

1841. 12mo. pp. 12. (A. B. C. F. M.) 
■■ Moral Philosophy translated from Wayland. Lahainaluna, 

1841. 12mo. pp. 215. B. (H. C) 
and Dibble (Rev. S.). Ka Wehewehehala. On Dej)ravity. 

Honolulu, M., 1847. 12mo. pp. 288. B. (H. C.) 
Athenaeum FRAN9AIS.— (1852, p. 215;— 1853, p. 39;— 1855, pp. 842, 

939;— 1856, p. 362.) 

Audience granted by the King to William Miller, Esquire, H. B. M.'s 
Consul General, Anthony Ten Eyck, Esquire, United States 
Commissioner, and William Patrick Dillon, Esquires, Consul of 
France, etc. Honolulu, 1848. 8vo. pp. 16. 



— 67 — 

Au Okoa. — Weekly, published by the Government since January, 1865. 

Aylmer (Capt. Fenton). — A Cruise in the Pacific, from the log of a 
Naval Officer. London, 1860. 2 vols. 

Ayr Advertiser. — November 1, 1861. Historical sketch of the pro- 
gress of the Hawaiian Government since 1845. 

Bachelot (M. Alexis). — Lettres du Prefet Apostolique des Hes Sand- 
wich. [Annales de la Propagation de la Foi. 1830, p. 274, 
et 1835, p. 16.] 

Lettre contenant le detail de I'expulsion des Missionaries des 

lies Sandwich. (Lithographed.) * 
Baibala. — See Bible. 
Baldwin (Dr. D.). — No ka ona ano. On Intemperance. Honolulu^ 

M., 1838. 12mo. pp. 28. 
Ball (Z.). — Remarks on the Geological Featiu-es of Oahu, Sandwich 

Islands. [Silliman's Journal, XXVIH, p. 15.] 
Barrot (Adolphe). — Les lies Sandwich. [Revue des Deux Mondes, 

1" et 15"° aout 1839.] 

The articles of M. Barrot have been translated into American by the 
Eev. Daniel Dole, and published in "The Friend," Honolulu, 1850. 

Barrow (John). — Captain Cook's Voyages of Discovery. Edinhurgli, 
1860. This Abridgement contains unedited materials from 
the Admiralty Archives. 

Bates (George Washington). — Sandwich Island Notes, by a Haole. 
Neio York, Harper & Bros., 1854. 12mo. lUus. B. 

Beckwith (Rev. E. G.). — Inauguration of, as President of Oahu Col- 
lege, at the Court House in Honolulu, Sept. 25, 1854. Hono- 
lulu, M.,\^bA. 12mo. pp.217. B. (H. C.) 

Beechey (Capt. F. W.). — Narrative of a Voyage to the Pacific and 
Behring's Straits, to cooperate with the polar expeditions; 
performed in H. M. ship Blossom, under the command of 
Capt. F. W. Beechey, in 1825-26-27-28. London, Murray, 
1831. 4to., figures and charts. (H. C.) See pp. 229-235. 

Another Edition. London, 1831. 2 vols. 8vo. 

Beechey arrived at Honolulu the 19th of May, 1826, left on the 31st for 
the Arctic Ocean, returned on the 26th of January, 1827, and sailed on 
the 4th of March for the East Indies. 

Belcher (Sir Edward). — Narrative of a Voyage around the World, 
performed in H. M. ship Sulphur, 1836-42, etc. London, 
1843. 2 vols. 8vo. Maps and plates. 



— 68-^ 

Belcher (Sir Edward). — Proceedings of H. B. M. sliip Sulphur in the 
Pacific Ocean. [Nautical Magazine and Naval Chronicle.] 
London, 1838. 

Belcher was at Honolulu from the 8th to the 27th of July, 1837, and 
from the 30th of May to the 16th of June, 1839. 

Belcher (J. H.). — Around the World; a narrative of a voyage in the 
East India Squadron, under Commodore George C. Read. 
Neio York, 1840. 2 vols. 8vo. 

Bennett (E. T.). — On some Fishes from the Sandwich Islands. Lon- 
don, 1820. 8vo. 10 plates. 

Bennett (George). — ^ee Tyerman and Bennett. 

Bennett (F. Debell). — Narrative of a Whaling Voyage round the 
globe, from 1833-36, comprising sketches of Polynesia, Cali- 
fornia, the Indian Archipelago, etc. With an account of 
Southern Whales, the Sperm Whale Fishery, and the Natural 
History of the countries visited. London, 1840. 2 vols. 8vo. 
Frontis. and Map. 

Second Edition. London, 1842. 2 vols, 8vo. 

Bennett arrived the 16th of April, 1834, and remained five weeks; re- 
turned on the 2d of October, left on the 20th, and again spent a month 
from October 4th, 1835. 

Bentham ((t.). — Botany of the Voyage of H. M. Ship Sidpihur in 
1836-42; edited and superintended by T. Brinsley Hinds. 
London, 1844. 4to. Atlas of 60 plates. 

Beresford. — See Dixon. 

Berita hoolilo o ka Ekalesia Hawaii, Ka. — 12mo. pp.4, n. d. 
{Honolulu, 1821?) 

Bernhardi (Madame Charlotte). — See Krusenstern. 

Bible. Ka Palapala Hemolele. — Various portions of the Bible 

were published before the whole was translated. The complete 

editions are as follows : — 
'Ke Kauoha hou a ko kakou Haku e ola'i, a lesu Kristo: oia ka 

olelo hemolele no ke ola, a na lunaolelo i kakau ai. Ua unu- 

hiia mai ka olelo Helene. Ua paiia na ko Amerika poe i huiia 

e hoolaha i ka Baibala. Honolulu, M., 18o7. 12mo. pp.520. 
Ka Palapala Hemolele a lehova ko kakou Akua. O ke Kauoha 

kahiko i unuhiia mai ka olelo Hebera. Buke I, Buke H. 

Paiia no ko Amerika poe hoolaha Baibala. (Oahu, Honolulu), 

M., 1838. pp. 924, 887. [Dated at end, May 10J;h, 1839.] 
Three volumes generally bound in one of pp. 2331. B. (H. C.) 

H. 
Ka Palapala Hemolele a lehova ko kakou Akua. O ke Kauoha 

kahiko a me ke Kauoha hou i unuhiia mailoko mai o na olelo 



— 69 — 

kaliiko. Paiia no ko Amerika poe hoolaha Baibala. Honolulu, 

1843. 8vo. pp. 1451. 
The same in 4to. 
Ke Kauoha hou a ko kakou Haku e ola'i a lesu Kristo na unu- 

hiia mai ka olelo Plelene, a ua liooponopono hou ia. Nu Yoka. 

Paila no ko Amerika poe hoolaha Baibala, 1857. In Ha- 
waiian and English. 12mo. pp. 727. 
Ka Baibala Hemolele o ke Kauoha kahiko a me ke Kauoha hou; 

i unuliiia mailoko mai o na olelo kahiko a ua hooponopono hou 

ia. Nu Yoka. Paiia no ko Amerika poe hoolaha Baibala, 

1868. E07. 8vo. and 4to. pp. 1456. 
A revised translation, wilh marginal references. 
An Edition of this translation of the New Testament (Kauoha 

hou) in 18mo, is in press (1868). 
BiCKNELL (Rev. J.). — He Hamani pia pa. Primer in Marquesan. 

Honolulu, M., 1858. 12mo. pp. 48. B. (H. C.) 

Te Evanelia i patutea e loane. Gospel of St. John in Marque- 

san. Honolulu, M., 1858. 12mo. pp. 98. B. (H. C.) 
BiLLECOCQ. — See Meares. 
Bingham (Rev. Hiram). — Kumu mua. First Lessons in Reading and 

Spelling. Honolulu, M., 1822-25. 12mo. pp. 8. 10th Ed. 

1832. 180,900 coiDies. B. (H. C.) 

He Palapala n»ua na na Kamalii. First Book for Children. 

Honolulu, M., 1830. 18mo. pp. 36. 3d Edition. 

— : He Ninau Hoike, no ka mooolelo o ka Palapala Hemolele. 

Scripture Catechism. Honolulu, M., 1831. 

2d Edition. 1832. With woodcuts. 

3d Edition. 1864. 24mo. pp. 189. B. (H. C.) 

Bartlmeus, or the Sandwich Islands. American Tract Society. 

n. d. 

Fall of Meteorites at the Sandwich Islands. [Silliman's Amer- 

ican Journal of Science. Vol. XLIX, p. 407.] 

A Residence of twenty-one years in the Sandwich Islands, or 

the Civil, Religious and Political History of those Islands; 
containing a particular view of the Missionary operations con- 
nected with the Introduction gf Christianity and Civilization 
among the Hawaiian People. Hartford and New York, 1847. 
Svo. pp. 616. B. Map and woodcuts. 
Bingham (Rev. Hiram, Jr.).^ — Te Boke ni wareware. Primer in Gil- 
bert Islands Dialect. Honolulu, 1860. 18mo. pp. 20. Illus. 
B. (H. C.) 

Ana Taeka napaukai ara uwea ao ara TIakamaiu leso Kristo. 

First Xll. chaps. Matthew, in Apaiana Dialect. Honolulu. ■ 



— 70 — 

Bishop (Rev. Artemas). — Ke Helu Kamalii, translated from Fowle's 
Child's Arithmetic. Honolulu, M., 1833. 24mo. pp. 6. 
4th Edition. 

Helunaau. Mental Arithmetic, 'from Colburn. Lahainaluna, 

1834, 18mo. pp. 132. 4th Edition. 

Ka hope no ka Helunaau. Colburn's Sequel. Honolulu, M., 

1835. 12mo. pp.116. 2d Edition. B. (H. C.) 

Haawina o ka hoailona Helu. From Colburn's Algebra. La- 

hainaluna, 1838. 12mo. pp. 44. 

Ka Hele Maliliini Ana, mai keia oa aku, ehiki i kela ao. He 

olelouhane i hookalikeia me ke moeuhanela. Na Ioan§ Buni- 
ana. Pilgrim's Progress. Honolulu, M., 1842. 16mo. pp. 
410. 8 woodcuts. B. (H. C.) 

Haawina mua o ka hoailona helu. Translated from Bailey's Al- 

gebra. Lahainaluna, 1843. 8vo. pp. 160. B. (H. C.) 

2d Edition. Boston, 1858. 

3d Edition. Honolulu, 1865. 

He Huina Helu. Oia ka helunaau, me ka kelu kakau i huiia. 

A general Arithmetic. Translated from Geo. Leonard. 
Honolulu, M., 1852. 12mo. pp. 204. B. (H. C.) 

- Na Huaolelo a me na olelo kikeke ma ka Beritania a me ka olelo 

Hawaii, no na Haumana e ao ana i kela a me keia. A Man- 
ual of Conversations, Hawaiian and English. Hawaiian 
Phrase Book. Honolulu, U.M. W., isli. 16mo. pp.112. B. 

See Emerson and Bishop. 

Bopp (F.). — Ueber die Verwandtsscliaft der Malayischpolynesisclien 
Spracben mit der Indiscli-europseischen. Berlin, 1841. 4to. 

Botany. — See Anderson, Bentliam, Breckenridge, Brigham, Brong- 
niart, Gaudichaud, Gray, Hooker, Kittlitz, Langsdorff, Mann. 

Brandt (J. T.). — Prodromus descrijDtionis Animalium ab H. Mertensio, 
in orbis terrarum Circumnavigatione, observatorum. St. 
Petersburg, 1835. 4to. 

Breckenridge (W. D.). — Botany of the United States Exploring Ex- 
pedition. Cryptogamia, Filices including Lycopodiacese, 
and Hydropterides. Philadelphia. 4to., with fol. Atlas of 
46 plates. • 

Scarce, as the edition was desh'oyed by fire. 

Brigham (William T.). — Recent Investigations on the Hawaiian 
Volcanoes. [Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural 
History. Vol. XI. p. 17.] 

A visit to the Volcano of Kilauea. [American Naturalist. Vol. 

I. p. 16.] 



— 71 — 

Brigham (William T.). — Notes on the Volcanoes of the Hawaiian 
Islands. With a History of their various Eruptions. Boston^ 
1868. 4to. pp. 132. 5 maps and 47 woodcuts. [Memoirs 
Boston Society of Natural History. Vol. I., Pt. iii.] 

Notes on Hesperomannia; a new genus of Hawaiian Compositae. 

Boston. 1868. 4to. pp. 2, plate. [Memoirs Boston Society 
of Natural History. Vol. I., Pt. iv.] 

See Remy. 

Brinsmade (P. A.). — Case of Libel vs. J. J. Jarves. Honolulu, 1846. 
8vo. 

Brongniart et Decaisne. — Botanique du voyage autour du monde sur 
la Venus, en 1838-39. Paris, Gide, 1841-49. 8vo, et atlas 
de 28 pi. 

Broughton (W. R.). — Voyage of discovery in the Dcedalus, to the 
North Pacific Ocean, 1795-98, in which the coast of Asia, 
from Lat. 35° N. to 52° N., etc., have been examined and sur- 
veyed. London, 1804. 4to. Map and 9 plates. 

Voyage de decouverte dans la partie septentrionale de 1' Ocean 

Pacifique, fait par le>capitaine W. R. Broughton, pendant les 
annees 1795-98; trad, de I'anglais par T. B. Eyries. Paris, 
Dentu, 1807. 2 vols. 8vo. Fig. et cartes. 

Brougliton arrived at Waimea, Kauai, the 3d of February, 1796, and 
touched again at the Islands on his retm-n from the coast of America. 

Bulletin de la Societe de GjIographie de Paris. — Reports and 
Notices relating to the Islands. 

1" Serie: t. HI, pp. 143, 156;— IV, 206;— V, 611 a 633;— VI, 
154 k 163;— IX, 192, 232, 234;— XI, 128;— XH, 96;— XIV, 
164;— XV, 224, 235, 236, 256;— XVI, 272;— XVII, 1 k 21. 

2' Serie: t. V, p. 161;— XXI, 170, 171;— XIX, 50, 53, 344;— 
XX, 338, 341, 344. 

y Serie: t. VII, p. 54;— VIII, 221;— X, 22. 

A' Serie: t. IV, p. 10;— VI, 153;— VIII, 245, 366. 

5= Serie: t. VH, p. Ill;— XII, 208 k 228. 
Byron (Capt. Lord G. A.) . — Narrative of the voyage of H. M. ship 
" Blonde to the Sandwich Islands, in 1824-25, for the purpose 

of conveying the bodies of their late King and Queen to their 
native country. (With an Introduction by ]\f rs. Maria Gra- 
ham.) London, Murray, 1827. 4to. pp. 260. Fig. 

Byron anchored at Lahaina, May 24th, 1825, visited Honolulu and Hilo, 
and sailed July 18th. 

Cacique. — Shipment of Sandal-wood to China. Macao, 1845. 
Calkin (M.).— See Church Music. 



— 72 — 

Campbell (Archibald). — Voyage aroi^nd tlie world, 1806-12, in 
■which Japan, Kamschatka .... and the Sandwich Islands 
were visited; including a narrative of the author's shipwreck 
. . . . ; with an account of the present state of the Sandwich 
Islands, and a Vocabulary of their Language. Edinburgh, 
1816. 8vo. pp. 288. Map. (H. C.) 

Campbell arrived at Hawaii the 27th of Jamiary, 1809, and remained 
at the Islands until March 4th, 1810. 

Campbell (John). — Maritime Discoveries and Christian Missions, con- 
sidered in their natural relations. London, 1840. 8vo. 

Cassln (John). — Mammalia and Ornithology of the United States Ex- 
ploring Expedition. Philadelphia, 1858. 4to. Atlas fol. 
53 pi. 

On the Genus Mohoa. [Proceedings of the Philadelphia Acad- 

emy, 1855. Vol VII. p. 440.] 

Castera. — See Kippis. 

Castle (S. N.). — An account of the Transactions connected with the 
visit of the Artemise. Remarks on the Manifesto and the 
Treatment of the Missionaries. Honohdu, 1839. 8vo. pp. 
14. Other copies, pp. 63. (A. B. C. F. M.) 

Catholic Priests. — Statement in regard to the Introduction of Catho- 
lic Priests in 1826. By an old Resident. [Boston Mercan- 
tile Journal, Feb. 14th, 1840.] 

Supplement to "S. I. Mirror" containing an account of the Perse- 

cutions of Catholics at the Sandwich Islands. Honohdu, R. I. 
Howard, Jan. 15th, 1840. 8vo. pp.100. Curious cuts, by 
J. Dudoit. A. 
Chamisso (Adelbert von). — Reise um die Welt mit der Romanz- 
offischen Entdeckungs-Expedition, in den Jahren 1815-18, auf 
der Brigg Rurick, Capt. Otto von Kotzebue. Leipzig, 1836. 
2 vols. 12mo. MajDS and portrait. 

De Animalibus quibusdam e Classe Vermium (Linne), in Cir- 

cumnavigatione terrse, duce Otho de Kotzebue, annis 1815-18 
peracta, observatis. Berlin, 1819. 4to. 

Ueber die Hawaii sche Sprache. [VorgelegtderKoniglichenAkad- 

emie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin am 12 Januar, 1837.] 

Leipzig, Weidemann, 1837. 4to. 
Chart of Sacred History. — Lahainaluna, n. d. 4to. Copper 

plates. B. (H. C.) 
Charts. — Those published by the United States Exploring Expedition 

are the only even tolerably correct ones. 



— 73 — 

Cheever (Rev. H. T.). — Life in the Sandwich Islands, or the Heart 
of the Pacific, as it Was and Is. Neio York, 1851. 12mo. 
Ilhis. 

Island World in the Pacific ; being the Personal Narrative and 

Results of Travel through the Sandwich Islands. New York, 
1851. 8vo. 

The Sandwich or Hawaiian Islands, their History and Relations 

to the rest of the World. Neio York, Biblical • Repository, 
July, 1849. 

2d Edition. London, Bentley, 1851, 8vo. ; and New York, 

12mo. (H. C.) 
Chevalier (E.). — Mineralogie et Geologic du Voyage autour dumonde, 
en 1836-37, sur la Boniie. Paris, Arthus Bertrand, 1844. 
8vo. pi. 

See Darondeau et E. Chevalier. 

Choris (Louis). — Voyage pittoresque autour du monde, offrant des 
portraits des sauvages d'Amerique, d'Asie, d'Aii-ique et du 
grand Ocean, leurs armes,leurs habiUements, parures, ustensils 
.... des paysages et des vues maritimes, plusieurs objects 
■ d'histou'e natureUe .... accompagnes de descriptions par 
M. le baron Cuvier, etc., le tout dessine par M. Louis Choris, 
dans le voyage qu'il a fait de 1815-1818; Hthographie par lui- 
meme et d'autres artistes. Paris, Choris (imprim. de Firmin 
Didot), 1821-23. Fol. 110 pi. 

Vues et paysages des regions equinoxiales, recueillis dans uEt 

voyage autour du monde, avec un introduction et une descrip- 
tion des j)lanches. Paris, Arthus Bertrand, 1826. Pet. in fol. 
avec 24 planches. 
Choris was the artist of Kotzebue's Expedition. 

Church Music. — Hawaiian Collection of, compiled for the use of 
Foreign Communities at the Sandwich Islands, by M. Catkin, 
J. F. B. Marshall and F. Johnson. Honolulu, 1840. Oblong 
8vo. pp. 147. 

Clark (Rev. E. W.). — He olelo no ka Mare ana. A Tract on Mar- 
riage. Honolulu, M.,183S. 12mo. pp.12. B. (H. C.) 

He hoike na Hoku. Astronomy. Lahainaluna, 1837. 12mo. 

pp. 12. 

O ke Akeakamai; no na Kamalii. The Little Philosopher. 

From Abbott. Lahainaluna, 1837. 12mo. pp. 40. 

and Richards. Hawaiian Almanac. Honolulu, M., 1835. 

8vo. pp. 16. 

See Alexander, Armstrong and Clark, and Green and Clark. 



— 74 — 

Clark (Dr. Samuel). — O na olelo lioopomaikai o ka Palapala Hemo- 
lele. Neio York, American Tract Society, 1858. 12mo. pp. 
309. B. (H. C.) 

Cleveland (Richard J.). — A Narrative of Voyages and Commercial 
Enterprises. Cambridge, Mass., John Owen, 1842. 2 vols. 
12mo. (H. C.) 

2d Edition. London, 1842. 

3d Edition. Boston, 1850. 

Cleveland spent the 19tli of July, 1799, at the Islands, and returned 
June 16th, 1803, remaining until July 9th. He imported the first horses. 
See North American Review, Julj^, 1842. 

CoAN (Rev. Titus). — On Kilauea. [Silliman's Journal (2) XII. pp. 
80-82, 1851.] 

■ Eruption of Mauna Loa, 1851. llbid. XIII. pp. 395-397.] 

" " " 1852. llhid. XIY. pp. 205,219-224.] 

Kilauea and tlie recent eruption of Mauna Loa, 1852. \_Ihid. 

XV.* pp. 63-65.] 

Present condition of Kilauea, 1854. \^Ihid. XVIII. pp. 96-98.] 

Kilauea, 1855. llhid. XX. pp. 100-102.] 

Recent eruption, 1855. \_IUd. XXI. pp. 237-241.] 

— Eruption at Hawaii, 1856. [^lUd. XXII. pp. 240-243.] 

See also " Missionary Herald." 

Code of Etiquette. — Order in Council of H. H. Majesty prescribing. 
June 29tli, 1844. In Hawaiian and English. Honolulu. 
12mo. pp. 18. 

Coke (H. J.). — A Ride over the Rocky Mountains to Oregon and CaU- 
fornia, with a glance at some of the Tropical Islands, includ- 
ing the West Indies and the Sandwich Islands. London, 1852. 
8vo. 

CoLNETT (Capt. James). — Voyage to the South Atlantic, and round 
Cape Horn into the Pacific Ocean, for the pm-pose of extend- 
ing the Spermaceti Whale Fisheries and other objects of com- 
merce, by ascertaining the Ports, Bays, Harbors and Anchor- 
ing Berths in certain Islands and Coasts in those seas. London, 
1798. 4to. Fig. and 9 maps. 

Account of a voyage in the Pacific, made in 1793-94. London, 

1804. 4to. 

Colnett visited the Islands several times and inti-oduced the sheep, land- 
ing a ram and ewe at Waimea, Kauai. 

CoLTON (Rev. Walter). — Deck and Port, or Incidents of a Cruise in 
the U. S. Frigate Congress to California; with sketches of 
Rio Janeiro, Valparaiso, Honolulu and San Francisco. Neio 
York, 1850. 12mo. (H. C.) 



— 75 — 

CoMETTANT (Oscae). — Les Civilizations inconnues. Paris, Pagnerre, 
1863. 18mo. 

See page 73 and below, articles of no historical value previously pub - 
lished in the Siecle. 

Constitution and Laws of his Majesty Kameliameha III., King of 
the Hawaiian Islands. Passed by the Nobles and Representa- 
tives at their Session, 1852. 8vo. pp. 88. Honolulu, by 
order of the Legislature, 1852. B. (H. C.) 

Constitution granted by H. M. Kamehameha V., by the Grace of 
God King of the Hawaiian Islands, on the twentieth day of 
August, A. D., 1864. Honolulu, 1864. 8vo. 

See Kumu Kanawai. 

and By-laws of the First Hawaiian Guard, instituted November, 

1852. Honolulu, 1852. 12mo. 

of the Original Hawaiian Church. October 1.5th, 1819. 12mo. 

pp. 4. Honolulu ? (A. B. C. F. M.) 

Consular Grievances, Table of, 1843-46, Honolulu, 1862. 8vo. 
Not published. 

Convention. — See Aha Elele. 

Cook (Capt. James). — A Voyage to the Pacific Ocean, undertaken by 
command of His Majesty, for making discoveries in the North- 
ern Hemisphere; performed under the direction of Captains 
Cook, Gierke and Gore, on H. M. Ships Resolution and Discov- 
ery, in the years 1776-80. Vols. I. and II. written by Capt. 
James Cook; Vol. HI. by Capt. James King. Published by 
order of the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty. London, 
1784. Svols, in4to. 1 vol. folio of 87 plates. (H. C.) 

2d Edition. London, 1785. 3 vols. 4to. 

Published by Dr. Douglas, afterwards Bishop of Salisbury. Plates 
executed under the supervision of Jos. Banks. 

Troisieme Voyage de Cook, oil Voyage k I'Ocean Pacifique, 

execute en 1776-80, traduit de I'anglais par M. Demeunier. 
Pam, 1785. 4 vole. 4to. 88 ph 

2d Edition. Pam, Moutard, 1785. 3 vols. 18mo. 

Journal of Capt. Cook's last voyage to the Pacific Ocean, 1776- 

79. Faithfully narrated from the original MS. London, 
1781. 8vo. Figs, and maps. 

Captain Cook's Third and Last Voyage to the Pacific Ocean, in 

the years 1776-1780. Faithfully abridged from the 4th Edit. 
Illustrated with copperplates. London. 12mo. 

The Three Voyages of Capt. James Cook round the World. 

London, 1813. 7 vols. 12mo. Figs. 



— 76 — 

Cook (Capt. James). — The Three Voyages. London, 1821. 7 vols. 
8vo. lUus. 

Same. London, 1842. 2 vols. 8vo. Illus. s. b. 

Jac. Cook, Sammlung seiner Relsen um die Welt. Vienne, 

1804. 3 vols. 8vo. 

Cornet (Petek). — See Chc^x de Voyages, etc., jiar J. MacCarthy. 

Coniey visited the Islands on the ship Columbia, Eobson, in March, 
1815, again from the 12th of December, 1815, to Januaiy 5th, 1816, and 
finally from the 26th of January to the 6th of April, 1817. 

Correspondexce between H. H. M.'s Sec. of State for Foreign Affairs 
(R. C. Wyllie) and H. B. M.'s Consul-General (William 
Miller), on the subject of Richard Charlton's Claim to land. 
Honolulu, 1848, in 8vo. 

CouTHOUY (J. P.). — Volcano of Kilauea, Hawaii. [Silliman's Journal. 
Vol. XLI. p. 200.] 

Remarks upon Coral Formations in the Pacific. Boston, 1842. 

8vo. [Boston Journal of I^atural History. Vol. IV. pp. 
66, 137.] 
Coux (H. de). — Sept. ans en Oceanie. Les Rhapsodes et les Conteurs 
Polynesiens. [Revue contemporaine. T. XXV. p. 465.] 

Crawfurd (John). — On the Malayan and Polynesian Languages and 
Races. [Journal of the Indian Archipelago and Eastern Asia, 
April, 1848.] 

CuTTS (E. L.). — The Hawaiian or Sandwich Islands. London, 1866. 

Daily Hawaiian Herald. — Started Sept. 4th, 1866, only a few 
numbers printed. Honolulu. 

Damon (Rev. S. C). — A Tribute to the Memory of Hon. William L. 
Lee, late Chief Justice of the Hawaiian Kingdom. Honolulu, 
H. M. W., 1857. 8vo. pp. 21. 

Morning Star Papers. 8vo. Honolulu, H. M. W., 1861. B. 

[Supplement to "The Friend."] See "Friend." 

Dana (James Dwight). — ZoojDhytes ot the United States Exploring 
Expedition. Philadelphia, 1846-49. 4to. Atlas fol. 61 plates. 

The Crustacea of the United States Exploring Expedition. 

Philadelphia, 1852-55. 2 vols. 4to. Atlas fol. 96 plates. 
Several colored. 

Geology of the United States Exploring Expedition. Philadel- 

pjhia, 1849. 4to. Map and woodcuts. Atlas fol. 21 plates. 

On the Classification and Geographical Distribution of Crusta- 

cea. From the Report on Crustacea of the United States 
Exploring Expedition. Philadelphia, 1853. 4to. 

On Coral Reefs and Islands. New York, 1853. 8vo. 



— 77 — 

Dana (James D wight). — Areas of subsidence in the Pacific indicated 
by the distribution of Coral Reefs and Islands. [Silliman's 
Journal, Vol. XIV. pp. 131, 310. 

Denudation in the Pacific. [Ibid. Vol. IX (2). pp. 48-62.] 

Historical account of the Eruptions on Hawaii, llhid. Vol. IX 

(2). pp. 347-364. Vol. X (2). pp. 235-244.] 

Note on the Eruption of Mauna Loa, 1851. [Ibid. Vol. XIV 

(2). pp. 244-259.] 

: — Volcanic action of Mauna Loa. \_Ibid. Vol. XXI (2). pp. 

241-244.] 

Eruption of Mauna Loa, Hawaii, 1859. \_Ibld. Vol. XXVII (2). 

pp. 410-415.] 

Recent Eruption of Mauna Loa and Kilauea, 18^8. [Ibid. 

Vol. XLV (2). pp. 105-123.] 
Darondeau et E. Chevalier. — Physique et Meteorologie du Voyage 

autour du monde execute en 1836-3 7, sur la Bonite. Paris, 

1840-46. 4 vols. 8vo. HIus. 
Darwin (Charles). — The Structure and Distribution of Coral Reefs. 

London, 1842. 8vo. PI. and map. 

Davis (Robert G.). — See Law Reports. 

Decaisne. — See Brongniart et Decaisne. 

Delano (Amasa). — A Narrative of Voyages and Travels in the North- 
ern and Southern Hemispheres; comprising three voyages 
round the world, together with a voyage of Survey and Dis- 
covery in the Pacific Ocean and Oriental Islands. Boston, 
1817. 8vo. pp.598. Portrait and views. B. 

Demetjnier. — See Cook and Vancouver. 

De Tessan. — Physique et Hydrographie du Voyage autour du monde 
sur la fregate la Venus, en 1838-39. Paris, 1841-49. 5 vols. 
8vo. Atlas de 19 cartes. 

Dibble (Rev. Sheldon). — Dying testimony of believers and unbeliev- 
ers. LaJiainaluna, 1832. In Hawaiian. 12mo. pp. 40. 

He INIooolelo no na holoholona. Na na Kamalii. Lahainaluna, 

1835. 12nTO. pp.84. 3d Edit. 

Union Questions. Vol. I. Lahainaluna, 1835. 16mo. pp. 

156. 2d Ed. 

Palapala heluhelu, na na Kamalii. Lahainaluna, 1835. 12mo. 

pp. 48. 4th Ed. 

O ka Iloike honua no ka Palapala Hemolele. Geography of the 

Bible. LaJiainaluna, 1835. 

Second Edition,' 1838. 16mo. pp. 84. B. (H. C.) 2000 

copies printed. 



— 78 — 

Dibble (Rev. Sheldon). — O ka Hoike manawa a me ke kuhlkuhi 
mooolelo hemolele. Biblical Chronology and History. La- 
liainaluna, 1837. 16mo. pp. 216. 

Hoike Akua. Natural Theology. Translated from Gallaudet. 

Lahainaluna, 1840. 12mo. pp. 178. Copperplates. B. (H. C.) 

Second Edition, 1842. Woodcuts. B. (H. C.) 

History and General Views of the Sandwich Islands Mission. 

New York, 1839. 12mo. pp. 268. (H. C.) 

History of the Sandwich Islands. Lahainaluna, 1843. 12mo. 

pp. 451. (H. C.) 

Voice from Abroad, or Thoughts on Missions. New York, 1844. 

Hawaiian History. New York, 1838. 12mo. pp. 116. 

Scripture Charts. Six. Lahainaluna, 1843. 

See Armstrong and Dibble. 

DiELL (Rev. J.). — Note on the Candlenut Tree (Aleurites moluccand). 
[Silliman's Journal. Vol. XXXIV. p. 209.] 

Dillon (Le Chevalier). — Official Correspondence with Chevalier Dillon, 
Consul of France, relating to charges brought by him against 
William Paty, Esq., Collector General of Customs, and also 
relating to the demands made officially by the Consul of 
France for the repeal of two laws of the Hawaiian Kingdom. 
Honolulu, 1848-49. 8vo. pp. 407. (H. C.) 

Dixon (Capt. George). — Voyage round the World, etc., but more par- 
ticularly to the Northwest coast of America, performed m 
1785-88. London, G. Goulding, 1789. 4to. ■ plates. B. 
(H. C.) See pp. 50-56 and 90-140. 

Voyage autour du monde, etc., traduit de I'anglais par Lebas. 

Paris, 1789. 4to. 

Same. Paris, 1789. 2 vols. 8vo. Figs. 

The Introduction, was by Dixon, the rest by M. Beresford. 

See Portlock. 

DoANE (Rev. Edward T.). — Buk in Bwinbwin. Arithmetic in Ebon 
dialect. Honolulu, 1863. 18mo. pp. 24. B. (H. C.) 

Buk in al. Hymn book in Ebon dialect. Honolulu, 1S63. 12mo. 

pp. 24. B. (H. C.) 

Te Boki n anene ae alabai Kiritian ni Karaoiroa ti Atua. Api- 

ana. Honolulu, H. M. W., 1863. B. (H. C.) 

Gospel Mak e ar je. Ebon Dialect. Honolulu, n. d. 12mo. pp. 

24. B. (H. C.) 

Dole (Rev. D.). — See Barrot; also, "Monitor." 

Dole (Sanford B.). — On a collection of Hawaiian Crania. [Proceed- 
ings Boston Society of Natural History. Vol. XI. 1867.] 



— 79 — 

Dole (Sanford B.). — Catalogue of tlie described species of Hawaiian 
Birds, llbid. Vol. XII.] 

DoMENY DE EiENzi (G. L.). — Oceaiiie. [L'Univers Pittoresque. 
Paris, Didot, 1836.] Many plates. B. 
See Vol. II., pp. 10 to 80. 

Dv Hailly (Ed.). — Une Campagne dans 1' Ocean Pacifique. (Febv- 
rier Despointes). [Revue des DeuxMondesdu 1" aout 1858.] 

DuHAUT-CiLLEY. — Voyage autour du monde, principalement h la Cal- 
ifornie et aux lies Sandwicb, pendant les annees 1826-29. 
Paris, 1834-35. 2 vols. 8vo. 

Dnhaut-Cilley arrived at Honolulu the 17th of September, 1828, and left 
the 15th of November. 

DuMONT d'Urville (J. S. C). — Philologie du Voyage de la Corvette 
r Astrolabe, execute pendant les annees 1826-29. Paris, 
Tastu, 1830. 1 vol. en 2 part. 8vo. 

Voyage pittoresque autour du monde. Resume general des 

voyages de decouvertes de Magellan, Bougainville, Cook, etc. 
Pam, 1834. 2 vols. 4to. Figs. 
See Vol. I., pp. 406-476. 

Du Petit-Thouars.(Abel). — Voyage autour du monde sur la fregate 
la Venus, execute pendant les annees 1838-39. Paris, Gide, 
1841-49. 4 vols. 8vo, et atlas de 70 pi. 

Du Petit-Thouars was at the Islands from the 10th to the 25th of July, 
1837. He made a Treaty July 24th, in the name of Louis Phillipe, with 
Kamehameha III. 

DwiGHT (Rev. E. W.). — Memoirs of Henry Obookiali (Opukabaia) . 
New York, 1832. 

DwiGHT (Theodore). — Sketch of tlie Polynesian Language, drawn up 
from Hale's Ethnology and Philology. [Transactions of the 
American Ethnological Society. Vol. II.] New York, 1850. 

Egerstroem (C. Ax.) — Borta ar bra, men hemma iirbast. Soderkoping, 
1859. 

Travels in South America, California, Hawaiian Islands and Australia, 
1852-57. Egerstroem was thi-ee months at the Islands from March 29th, 
1844. 

Eight al (G. d'). — Memoires sur I'Histoire primitive des Races Ocean- 
iennes et Americaines. Paris, 1843. 8vo. 

Etudes sur I'Histoire primitive des Races Oceaniennes et Amei- 

icaines. Paris, 1845. 8vo. 

This is simply the former work enlarged. 



— 80 — 

Ekalesia o ta Haku, Ta. — Honolulu^ C. M., 1858. 8vo. pp. 16. 

B. (H. C.) 
Elele Hawaii. — Hawaiian Messenger. Edited by Rev. E. Armstrong 

(Limaikaika), from Marcli 1845 to 1855. 
Ellis (W.). — Authentic Narrative of a Voyage performed by Capts. 

Cook and Gierke, during the years 1776-80. London, 1782. 

8vo. (H. C.) 
Ellis (Rev. William). — Narrative of a Tour tlirougli Hawaii or 

Owyhee; with Remarks on the History, Traditions, Manners, 

Customs and Language of the Inhabitants of the Sandwich 

Islands. London, 1826. 8vo. Map and woodcuts. A. 

Boston, Crocker & Brewster, and New York, J. P. Haven, 

1825. 12mo. pp. 264. Map and 5 pi. H. (H. C.) 
. Second Edition. 

Polynesian Researches during a Residence of nearly six ye'ars in 

the Sandwich and Society Islands. London, 1829. 2 vols. 
8vo. Illus. 

Polynesian Researches during a Residence of nearly eight years 

in the Society and Hawaiian Islands. London and New York, 
Harpers, 1833. 12mo. pp.1280. Illus. (H. C.) 

Second Edition. London, 1853. 4 vols. 12mo. Figs, and maps. 

Memoir of Mrs. Mary Mercy Ellis. Boston, 1856. 

A Vindication of the South Sea Missions from the Misrepresenta- 

tion of Otto von Kotzebue, with Appendix. ionfZon, 1831. Svo. 

On the burning Chasms of Ponohohoa, in Hawaii, one of the 

Sandwich Islands. [Brewster's Joiu-nal of Science (1st Series). 
Vol. V. p. 303.] 

On the Volcano of Kilauea, Hawaii, one of the Sandwich Islands. 

llbid. Vol. VI. p. 151.] 

The American Mission in the Sandwich Islands ; a vindication and 

an appeal in relation to the proceedings of the Reformed 
Catholic Mission at Honolulu. London, 1866. Svo. pp. 108. 
Emerson (Rev. J. S.). — Ai o ka la. Daily Food; with notes. Honolulu, 
M., 1835. 18mo. pp. 36. 

2d Edition, 1835. pp. 123. B. (H. C.) 

Kumu mua, no na kamalii. Honolulu, M. , 1837. 16mo. pp. 

32. 3d Edition. B. (H. C.) 

and Bishop (Rev. A.). — He Hoakakaolelo nonahuaolelo Beri- 

tania. Laliainahina, 1845. B. (H. C.) 
Enterprise The. — Edited by J. A. Thompson. Monthly. Honolulu. 
EsCHSHOLTZ (Fr.). — Zoologischcr Atlas, enthaltend Abbildungen und 

Beschreibungen neuer Thierarten , wahrend Kotzebue 's zweiter 

Reise um die Welt, in den Jahren 1823-26, beobachtet. 

Berlin, Reimer, 1831. Fol. plates. 



— 81-^ 

Ethnography. — See Coux, Crawford, Eiclital,Gobineau, Hale, Hollard^ 
Lang, Meyen, Pickering, Quatrefages and Rae. 

Eydoux et Souleyet. — Zoologie du Voyage autour du monde de la 
Bonite, en 1836-37. Paris, Arthus Bertrand, 1841-52. 2 vols. 
8vo, et atlas in fol. de 109 pi. coloriees. 

EYRinfs (J. B. B.). — See Brougliton and Krusenstern. 

Fanning (Capt. Edm.). — Voyages round tlie world. New York, 1835. 
8vo. 

Voyage to tlie South Seas, Indian and Pacific Oceans, etc., with 

an account of the new discoveries in the Southern Hemis- 
phere, between 1830 and 1832. 4th Ed. New York, 1838. 
12mo. 

Fischer (Dr. Ern. L.). — See Langsdorff et Fischer. 

Forbes (Rev. C). — Ninau hoike. Doctrinal Catechism. Honolulu, 
M., 1841. 12mo. pp. 32. B. 

ForstEr (E.). — See Anderson and Forster. 

FoRSTER (J. R.). — See La Perouse. 

French Treaty, with the Report of the Committee of the Privy 
Council and the Protocols. Honolulu, 1858. 8vo. 
Printed for the use of the Grovernment. 

Freycinet (Louis Claude de). — Voyage autour du monde, fait par 
ordre du Roi, sur les corvettes VUranie et la Phijsicienne, pen- 
dant les annees 1817 a 1820. Paris, Pillet aine, 1824-44. 
3 vols, en 4 part. 4to, et Atlas fol. de 112 pi. 
Freycinet was at the Islands in August 1819. 

Navigation et Hydrographie (2 part). Figure du Globe et Ob- 

servations du pendule. Magnetisme terrestre. Meteorologie 
Ens. 5 part. 4to, et atlas fol. de.22 cartes. 

Friend, The. — A monthly Paper, edited by the Rev. S. C. Damcm, 
D. D.; published since January, 1843. B. (H. C.) 
Bimonthly in 1845-46-47; suspended from May to September, 1849, 
and from February, 1851, to May, 1852. 

Gaimard. — See Quoy et Gaimard. 

Gairdner (Meredith). — Physico-Geognostic Sketch of the Island of 
Oahu, one of the Sandwich Islands. [Edinburgh New Philo- 
sophical Journal. Vol. XL, p. 1. — Hawaiian Spectator.] 

Observations made during a Voyage from England to N. W. 

Coast of America, llbid. Vol. XVL] 

Galopin (Charles). — Notice sur les lies Hawaii. Geneva, J. S. Fick, 
1860. 8vo. (H. C.) 
6 



— 82 — 

Gaussin (J. B.). — Du Dialecte de Tahiti, de celui des Hes Marquises et 
en general de la Langue Polynesienne. Paris, Didot, 1853. 
8vo. 

Gaudichaud. — Voyage autour du monde execute pendant les annees 
1817-20 sur I'Uranie et la Physicienne. Publ. par L. de 
Freycinet. Botanique. 4to. Paris, 1826. et Atlas de 120 pi. 

Botanique du voyage autour du monde de la corvette la Bonite y 

compris la Cryptogamie par Montague et Leveille. 4 vols. 
8vo. et Atlas de 156 planches in folio. Paris, Arthus Ber- 
trand, 1840-66. 

Geographical Society, Journal of the Eoyal. London. See Vol. I., 
p. 193, 203;— IV., 258, 261, 333;— VI., 365, 440;— VII., 211, 
221;— Xn., 139;— XIII, 197. 

Geology. — See Ball, Brigham, Chevalier, Coan, Coutliouy, Dana, Dar- 
■win, Ellis, Gairdner, Goodrich, Green, Ilaldeman, Haskell, 
Hoffmann, Jackson, Kelly, Lyman, Mann, Parker, Stewart. 

Gerstaecker (F.). — Narrative of a Journey round the world, compris- 
ing a winter passage across the Andes to Chili, Avith a visit to 
the Gold Kegions of California and Australia, the South Sea 
Islands, Java, etc. New York, 1854. 3 vols. 8vo. 

Gill (Wm.). — South Sea Islanders. London. 1vol. 

GoBiNEAU (A. de). — Essai sur I'inegalite des Races humaines. Paris, 
Didot, 1853-55. 4 vols. 8vo. 

Goodrich (Rev. Joseph). — On the volcanic character of the Island of 
Hawaii. [Silliman's Journal. Vol. XI. p. 1.] 

Notices of some of the Volcanoes, and Volcanic Phenomena of 

Hawaii. \_IUd. Vol. XXV. p. 199.] 

On some volcanic minerals. [Ihid. Vol. XVI. p. 345.] 

Gould (Augustus A.).— .MoUusca and Shells of the United States 

Exploring Expedition. Boston. 4to. With folio Atlas. 
Gould (John). — Description of a new species of the Genus Moho. 

M. apicalis. [Proceedings of the Zoological Society, 1860. 

p. 381.] [Annals of Natural History, Feb., 1861.] London, 

8vo. 
Gray (Asa). — Botany of the United States Exploring Expedition. 

Phanerogamia. New York, 1854-57. 4to. With Atlas fol. 

100 pi. 

Descriptions of Hawaiian Plants In Proceedings of the Ameri- 

can Academy of Arts and Sciences. Vol. IV., pp. 33-50; 
306-324; V., pp. 115-152; 321-352; VI., pp. 37-55; 554. 
>Gray (Dr. J. E.). — Description of three new species of Fish from the 
Sandwich Islands. [Zoological Miscellany, p. 33.] 



— 83 — 

Greex (Rev. J. S.). — O ka la Sabati. LaTiainaluna, 1835. 12mo. pp. 12. 

Ka ^looolelo no ka Ekelesia o lesu Kristo. Church History. 

Lahamaluna, 1835. ISmo. pp. 95. B. (H. C.) 

2d Edition. Lahainaluna, 1841. 12mo. pp. 340. 

Mooolelo honua. Compendium of History. Lahainaluna, 1842. 

12mo. pp. 76. 

Notices of the Life, Character and Labors of the late Bartimeus 

L. Puaaike. Lahainaluna, 1844. 

and Clakk (Rev. E. W.). — Notices of Bartimeus and Hawaii, 

two Christian Sandwich Islanders. Boston, Mass. Sabbath 
School Society, 1845. 18mo. pp. 126. 

Green (Wm. L.). — Geological Notices of the Sandwich Islands. [Sand- 
wich Island Magazine, April, 1856.] Honolulu. 

Greenhow (Robert). — Memoir, Historical and Political, on the 
Northwest Coast of North America and the adjacent Territo- 
ries. Washington, 1840. 8vo. 

The History of Oregon and California, etc. ; accompanied by a 

Geographical View and Map of those Countries, etc. New 
York, 1840. 8vo. 

3d Edit. New York, 1845. 8vo. Map. 

Gregg (David L.) — Oration delivered July 4th, 1854, at Honolulu. 

Honolulu, 1854. 8vo. H. 
GuLicjj (L. H.). — ^New Testament Stories. In the Ponape Dialect. 

Honolulu, M., 1859. pp. 40. 

Eight Chapters of Matthew. In the Ponape Dialect. Honolulu, 

1859. pp. 20. 

Bible Stories. In the Ponape Dialect. Reprint. Honolulu, 

1865. pp. 61. 
GuLiCK (jSIrs. L. L.). — Tapi en Turapa. Primer in Ponape dialect. 
Honolulu, 1858. 12mo, pp. 36. B. (H. C.) 

Haawina Palapala Hemolele, Na, No ke kula Sabati. — Bible 

Lessons. Honolulu, M., 1840. 12mo. pp. 83. Woodcuts.* 

B. (H. C.) 
Hae Hawaii. — The Hawaiian Flag. Edited by J. Fuller. From 

March 5th, 1856 to Dec, 1861. 
Hae Kiritiano. — The Christian Flag. Roman Catholic Mission. 

From Jan., 1850. 
Hae Havaii, no ta.— Honolulu, C. M., 1858. 8vo. pp. 8. B. (H. C.) 
Haiao, Na. — Sermons by various authors. ZTonoZw^w, M., 1841. 12mo. 

pp. 296. (H. C.) 
Haimanava, no ta oihana katolika ma Havaii nei. Honolulu, C. M., 

1858. 8vo. pp. 72. B. (H. C.) 



— 84 — 

Haldeman (S. S.). — On the Artificial Production of Capillary Lava. 
[Proceedings of tlie American Philosophical Society, Vol. 
IV. p. 5.) Philadelphia. 

On Apus afBnis, a new species from the Sandwich Islands. [Em- 

mons American Journal, 1847.] 

Hale (Horatio). — Ethnography and Philology of the United States 
Exploring Expedition during the years 1838-42. Philadelphia^ 
1845. 4to. pp. xii. and 666. 3 maps. 

Grammars and Vocabularies of all the Polynesian Languages. 

Philadelphia, 1846. 4to. 

Migrations in the Pacific Ocean; from the volume on the Eth- 

nography and Philology of the United States Exploring Expe- 
tion. London, 1846. Svo. Maps. 

Handel und Schiffahrt der Sandwich-Inseln von 1846 bis 1860. 
[Preuss. Handels-Archiv. 4 Oct. 1861.] 

Haskell (Rob. C.).^A visit to the recent Eruption of Mauna Loa, 
Hawaii. [SilUman's Journal. Vol. XXVIII (2). pp. 66-71.] 

Hawaiian Cascade and Miscellany. — Monthly paper. From Nov. 

1844 to Aug. 1845. Published by the Temperance Society. 

Honolulu. 
Hawaiian Evangelical Association. — Proceedings from June 3d 

to July 1st, 1863. £osfon, Marvin & Son, 1864. 12mo. pp. 

125. (H. C.) 

Hawaiian Gazette. — Weekly paper, published by Government since 
Jan. 21st, 1865. 
^ Hawaiian Club Papers.— Sosfo??, 1868. 8vo. pp. 119. B. (H. C.) 

Hawaiian Maternal Association, Names of Members, and children 
of the. Honolulu. 

This curious Pamphlet contains the names and ages of all the childi'en 
bora in the American Mission families. 

• Hawaiian Missionary Society. — See Reports of. 

Hawaiian Spectator. — Honolulu, 1838-39. 2 vols. Svo. I., pp. 
440; IL, pp. 494. B. (H. C.) 

Helu Kam alii.— Mental Arithmetic from W. Fowle. Honolulu, 1859. 

24mo. 
Helxjnaau. — Boston^ 1864. 16mo. 
Henricy (Casimir). — Histoire de I'Oceanie depuis son origine jusqu'en 

1846, suivie de notices biographiques sur ses grands hommes. 

Paris, Pagnerre, 1846. Svo. 
Henry. — See Vancouver. 



— 85 — 

Hervas (D. Lorenzo). — Catalogo de las Lenguas de las Nacione 
conocidas, y Numeraclon, Division, y Classes de estas segun la 
Diversidad de sus Idiomas y Dialectos. Madrid, 1800-1805. 
6 vols. 4to. See Vol. II., Chap. i. 
Hill (S. H.). — Travels in the Sandwich and Society Islands. London, 
1856. 8vo. (H. C.) 

Hill remained on the Islands from January 29th to May 5th, 1849. See 
Eevue des Deux Mondes, 15 Dec, 1856. Un Voyageur anglais aux lies 
Sandwich, la civilisation dans I'Archipel, par M. Emile Mont^qut. 

HiMENi, Na mau. — Hymn Book. 2d Ed. Honolulu, M., 1826. 8vo. 
pp. 60. Old orthography. 

5th Edition enlarged. Honolulu, M., 1830. 8vo. pp. 108. 

HiMENi HooLEA, Na. — He mau mele ma ka uhane. Hymns. Hono- 
lulu,!^., 1839. 16mo. pp.184. 

2d Edition, 1855. pp. 308. 

3d Edition, H. M. W., 1864. pp. 389. B. (H. C.) 

HiMENi Kamalii, Na. — Children's Hymn-Tjook. Honolulu, M., 1842, 

16mo. pp. 101. B. (H. C.) 
HiMENi Hawaii, Na, he me ori ia lehova. Hymns. Honolulu, M. 
1823. 24mo. pp. 60. Old orthography. B. (H. C.) 

2d Edition, 1826. 

5th Edition, 1830. 

See Kumu Leomele, Kumu o ke Mele ano, Lira, etc. 

Hinds (R. B.). — Zoology of the Voyage round the world of H. M. ship 
Sulphur, under Capt. Sir Edward Belcher, in 1836-42. Lon- 
don, 1843-45. 2 vols. 4to. pi. 

HiNES (Rev. Gust.) — Life on the Plains of the Pacific. Oregon; its 
History, etc., embracing extended Notes of a Voyage round 
the world. Buffalo, N. Y., 1857. Svo. 
Hines Avas at the Islands from the 27th of February to April 3d, 1844. 

HiSTOiRE DES Iles Sandwich ct de la Mission Americaine, depuis 
1820. Traduit de I'anglais. Pam, Risler, 1836. 18mo. 

History. — See Anderson (R ), Bingham, Cheever, Dibble, Ellis, Hop- 
kins, Jarves, Remy, Simpson, Stewart, etc. 

Hoffmann (E.). — Observations geognostiques, faltes pendant un 
Voyage autour du monde par O. de Kotzebue. [Karts Ar- 
chiv. 1st Series. Vol. II.] 

HoiKEHOLOHOLONA na na Kamalii, He. Stories about Animals. 
Lalminaluna, 1835. 

Hoike HoNUA. — Geography. flbnoZuZw, M., 1845. 12mo. Elus. 

HoKU LoA. — Morning Star. Monthly paper. From July 2, 1859. 
Honolulu, M. 



— 86 — 

HoKU LoA Kalavina, no ka. — Monthly paper. From July to Decem- 
ber, 1859. Honolulu, Eoman Catholic Mission. 

HoKU o KA Pakipika. — Star of the Pacific. Weekly paper. From 
Sept. 7, 1861. 

HoLLARD (Dr. H.). — De I'Homme et des Eaces humaines. Paris, 
1853. 12mo. 

Honolulu Times. — A Weekly paper. Edited by H. L. Sheldon and 
Edw. C. Munn. From Nov., 1849 to July, 1851. 

HooiLiiLi Havaii. — He mau hana, olelo, manao e pili ana o te Havaii 
nei. Honolulu, C. M., 1858. 8vo. pp. 8. B. (H. C.) 

Hooker (W. Jackson) and Arnott (G. A. W.). — Botany of Capt. 
Beechey's Voyage, comprising an account of the Plants col- 
lected by Messrs. Say and Collie .... during the Voyage to 
the Pacific and Behrlng's Straits, performed under the com- 
mand of Capt. Beechey. London, G. H. Bohn, 1831-40. 4to, 
and Atlas of 94 pi. 

Hopkins (Manley). — Hawaii, the Past, Present and Future of its 
Island-Kingdom. An historical account of the Sandwich 
Islands (Polynesia). With a Preface, by the Bishop of Ox- 
ford. London, Longmans, 1862. 8vo. Map and woodcuts, 
pp. 423. 

2d Edition, revised and continued. London, 1866. 8vo. 

For a Eeview, see Quarterly Eeview, XVII., pp. 219-236. (H. C.) 

Hoppner (R. B.) — See Krusenstern. 

HuiNAHELU. — Arithmetic. Honolulu, M., 1852. 12mo. (H. C.) 

Huliano, O Ka. — He olelo niele ia a moakaka ai ke ano o ka Palapala 
Hemolele. Bible Questions. Honolulu, M, 1836. 18mo. 
pp. 155. 2d Ed. (H. C.) 

Humboldt (Alex. von). — Essai politique sur le Royaume de la Nou- 
velle-Espagne. Paris, 1811. 4to. See p. 724. 

Humboldt (Wm. von). — Ueber die Kawi-Sprache auf der Insel Java, 
nebst einer Einleitung iiber die Verschiedenheit des men- 
schlichen Sprachbaues und ihren Einfluss auf die geistige 
Entwickelung des Menschengeschlechts. Berlin, 1836. 3 vols. 
4to. 

Hunt (Rev. T. Dwight). — Lectures. San Francisco. 

Ike mua, o ka; he palapala ia e ao aku ai i na kamalii, etc. Reading 
Book. Honolulu, M., IMQ. 12mo. pp.48. (A. B. C. F.M.) 

Iesu Kirito evanelio Hemolelo e liko me to Mateo, To. 
unuhiia noloto mai a to Vulgate. Honolulu, C. M., 1853. 
32mo. pp. 204. . B. (H. C.) 



— 87 — 

Islands of the Pacific — [Quarterly Kevlew, July 1859.] 
Isles Sandwich, en 1853, Les. [Nouvelles Annales de la Marine. 
Avi-il 1859.] 

Jackson (Dr. Chas. T.). — On specimens of Lava, presented to the 
Boston Society of Natural History by tlie American Board of 
Commissioners for Foreign Missions, from the Volcano Ki- 
lauea in Hawaii. [Proceedings of the Boston Society of Nat- 
ural History, Vol. H, p. 120.] Boston, 1841. 8vo. 

Jacobs (Alfred). — Les Europeens dans I'Oceanie. Essai d'education 
morale et religieuse dans nos Colonies du Pacifique et les Isles 
Sandwich. [Revue des Deux Mondes, Sept. 1st, 1859.] 

L'Oceanie nouvelle, Colonies, Migrations, Melanges. Paris, 1861, 

12mo. 
Jarves (James Jackson). — History of the Hawaiian or Sandwich 
Islands; embracing their Antiquities, Mythology, Legends, 
Discovery by Europeans in the 16th century. Re-discovery by 
Cook, with their Civil, Religious and Political History from 
the earliest traditionary, period to the present time. Boston, 
Tappan & Dennett, 1843. 8vo. pp. 407. Map. Ulus. B. 

3d Edition. i/onoMw, d. E. Hitchcock, 1847. 8vo. pp.240. 

Double columns. (H. C.) 

Scenes and Scenery in the Sandwich Islands, and a Trip through 

Central America; being Observations from my Note Book 
during the years 1837-1842. Boston, Munroe & Co., 1843. 
18mo. pp. 341. Map and figs. (H. C.) 

2d Edition. Boston, 1847. 

Kiana, a tradition of Hawaii. Boston, 1857. 

The Sandwich or Hawaiian Islands, with a Review of the past 

and present Condition of the Polynesian Groups generally, in 
connection with their Relations to Commerce and Christen- 
dom. [Hunt's Merchants' Magazine and Commercial Review. 
July, 1843.] New York. 

Johnson (F.). — See Clim-ch Music. 

JuDD (Dr. G. P.). — Anatomia. He palapala la e hoike ai i ke ano o 
ke Kanaka kino. Honolulu, M., 1838. 12mo. pp. 60. 57 
copperplates. B. (H. C.) 

See Reports. 

Kamehameha III. — His late Majesty Kauikeouli, Kaleiopapa, Kuaka- 
manolani, Mahinalani, Kalaninuiwaiakua, Keaweawealaakalani, 
whose royal style was Kamehameha III. Obituary. Honolulu, 
by authority, 1854. Broadside. (H. C.) 



Kamehameha IV. — Ka Buke o ka pule ana a me ka hooko ana i na 
kauolia hemolele, e like me ka mea i kauoliaia no ka baipule 
ana ma ka pae aina Hawaii. Ua liuiia lioi me na halelu a 
Davida, i hookaawaleia i mea e liimeni ai a helulielu ai palia 
iloko o na halepule. Book of Common Prayer, English, trans- 
lated witli a Preface by the King. Honolulu, 1862. 8vo. 
pp. 397. 

Preface to the Book of Common Prayer, composed by the late 

King of Hawaii. London, 1866. 12mo. pp. 20. 

Speeches. Honolulu, Government Press, 1861. 8vo. pp. 43. 

(H. C.) 
Kanawai o Iehova, Ke. — Commandments of God. Honolulu, M., 
1826. 8vo. pp. 4. 

Heolelonona. ^onoZuZw, M., 1834. 12mo. pp.15. (A. B.C. 

F. M.) 

Statute Laws of H. M. Kamehameha HI. 1845-46 ; to which 

are appended the acts of public recognition, and the treaties 
with other nations. Honolulu, 1836. 8vo. 2 vols. In Ha- 
waiian and English. B. (H.C.) 

Statute Laws of 1847. Honolulu, 1847. 8vo. Hawaiian and 

EngUsh. B. A. (H.C.)' 

Statute Laws of H. M. Kamehameha IH., 1851. Honolulu, 

1851. 2 vols. 8vo. In Hawaiian and English. B. (H.C.) 

HOOPAi Karaima. Criminal Code, 1850. Honolulu, 1852. 

8vo. 2d Edition. B. (PLC.) 

Statute Laws of H. M. Kamehameha III., 1853. Honolulu, 

1853. 8vo. 2 vols. In Hawaiian and English. B. (H.C.) ' 

Statute LaAvs of Kamehameha IV., 1855. Honolulu, 1855. 

2 vols. Svo. In Hawaiian and Enghsh. B. (H.C.) 

ditto. 1856. B. (H.C.) 

KiviLA. Civil Code of the Hawaiian Islands, passed in 1859, 

to which is added an Appendix containing other Laws, and 

Treaties with foreign nations. Honolulu, 1859. 2 vols. Svo. 

In Hawaiian and English. B. (H.C.) 
-; ■ Statute Laws of H. M. Kamehameha IV., 1860. Honolulu, 

1860. In Hawaiian and English. B. (H.C.) 
ditto. 1862. B. (H.C.) 

ditto. 1864-65. B. (H.C.) 

Kauwahi (J. W. H.). — KuiiiKUHi o Kanaka Hawaii. Hawaiian 
Form Book. Honolulu, H. M. W., 1857. Svo. 

Keble (Rev. J.). — Seedtime and Harvest. Sermon preached at Hurs- 
ley, Sept. 15th, 1864, at a Farewell Service to the Hawaiian 
Sisters. (For private circulation.) London, Lothian & Co., 
1866. Svo. 



— 89 — 

Kelly (Edw. G.). — Remarks on the Geological features of Hawaii. 

[Silliman's Journal. Vol. XL., p. 117.] Neio Haven, Conn. 

Plate. 
Keopuolani, Memoir of. — Boston, A. B. C. F. M., 1825. 12mo. 

pp. 48. (H. C.) 
KuMU Hawaii. — Edited by Rev. Reuben Tinker. From Nov. 12th, 

1834. Honolulu. 
KuMU Kamalii, Ke. — Lessons for Children. Honolulu. M. 1837. 

16mo. pp. 144. Woodcuts and music. B. (H. C.) 

KuMU Kanawai, Ke, etc. — Honolulu, ISM. 12mo. pp.24. (A. B. 
C. F. M.) 

Kaxawai, Ke, a me na Kanawai o ko Hawaii poe aina. Con- 

stitution and Laws of H. M. Kamehameha UL Honolulu. 
1841. 12mo. pp.196. B. (H. C.) 

ditto. 1852. In Hawaiian and Enghsh. B. (H. C.) 

ditto. Constitution forced on to the people by H. M. Ka- 

mehameha v., by the force of circumstances, King of the Ha- 
waiian Islands, on the twentieth day of August, 1864. 
Honolulu, 1864. 8vo. 

Leomele, O Ke. No na himeni, a me na halelu. Hymns and 

tunes. Honolulu, M., 1834. 16mo. pp. 360. B. (H. C.) 

MuA ANA Hou. ABC Primer. Boston, O. Ellsworth, 1862. 

12mo. illus. B. (H. C.) 

MuA HOU. New York, Am. Tract Society. 16mo. illus. 

(H. C.) 

o ke Mele ano, O Ke. Singing Book. Oblong 8vo. Hono- 

lulu, n. d. Music. 
KiXG (Capt. James). — See Cook. 
Kippis (AxDREw). — Life of Captain James Cook. London, 1788. 4to. 

Portrait by Heath. 

Vie du capitaine Cook, traduit de I'anglais de Eppis, par Cas- 

tera. Pai'is, 1789. 4to. 
KiTTLiTz (F. H. von). — Beschreibung mehrerer neuer oder wenig 

gekannter Arten des Geschlechtes Acantliurus im Stillen 

Ocean. Franlcfort, 1834.. 8vo. 2 pi. 
KiTTLiTz (F. H. von).— Twenty-four Views of the Vegetation of the 

Coasts and Islands of the Pacific, taken during the Exploring 

Voyage of the Russian Corvette Seniaioine, Capt. Liitke, in 

the years 1827-29. London, 1861. 
KoTZEBUE (Otto von).— Poutechestvie v ioujenoi okean. Voyage in 

the South Seas and Behring's Straits, in 1815-16-17-18 on 



— 90 — 

the Rurik in search of the northeast passage. In Russian. 
St. Petersburg, Gretsch, 1821-23. 3 vols. 4to. Atlas fol. 
KoTZEBUE (Otto von). — Keise in de Siid See und nach der Behring's 
Strasse, in den Jahren 1815-18. Weimar, Hoffmann, 1821. 
3 vols. 4to. Figs, and maps. 

English translation. London, Longman, 1821. 3 vols. 8vo. 

Figs, colored. 

Dutch translation. Amsterdam, 1822. 

Kotzebue touched at Hawaii the 22d Nov., 1816; thence to Honolulu, 
where he remained until the 14th of December; returning September 27, 
1817, he left October 14th. 

Poutechestvie vokroug sveta. Voyage round the World, per- 

formed in the years 1823-26, on the sloop of war Predprieatii. 
In Russian. St. Petershurg, Press of the Marine, 1828. 8vo. 

Reise um die Welt in den Jahren 1823-26. St. Petersburg, 

Brief, 1830. 2 vols. 8vo. AVith pi. and 8 maps. 

Neue Reise um die Welt in dem Jahren 1823-26. Weimar, 

1830. 2 vols. 8vo. lUus. 

English translation. London, 1830. 2 vols. 8vo. 

KrusenstePvX (A. J. von). — Worstersammlungen aus den Sprachen 

einiger Volker des ostlichen Asiens und der Nordwest Kiiste 
von Amerika. Bekannt gemacht von A. J. von Krusenstern. 
St. Petersburg, 1813. 4to. 
Krusenstern (Capt. A. T. von). — Poutechestvie vokroug sveta. 
Voyage round the world, performed in the years 1803-06, on 
the Nadejeda and Neva. In Russian. St. Petersburg, 1809- 
12. 3 vols. 8vo. Atlas foh 

Reise um die Welt, in den Jahren 1803-1806. St. Petersburg, 

Imperial Press, 1810-12. 3 vols. 4to. Atlas fol. of 33 maps 
and 72 plates. 

Abridgement in German. Berlin, 1811-12. 2 vols. 12mo. 

Illus. 

Voyage round the World, 1803-06, on board the ships NadesTida 

and Neva. Translated from the German by R. B. Hoppner. 
London, 1813. 2 vols. 4to. Illus. 

Voyage autour du monde, fait dans les annees 1803-06, sur les 

vaisseaux commandes par M. de Krusenstern, traduit, de I'aveu 
et avec les additions de I'auteur, par M. J. B. B. Eyries. Paris, 
Gide fils, 1821. 2 vols. 8vo, et un atlas de 30 pi. 

Krusenstern arrived at the Islands June I7th, 1804, and remained three 
days. 

— ■ Memoir of Admiral John de Krusenstern, translated from the 

German by his daughter, Madame Charlotte Bernhardi, and 
edited by Adm. Sir John Ross. London, 1856. 8vo. Portr. 



— 91 — 

Krusensteen (Capt. A. T. von). — Eecueil de Memoires hydrographiques 
pour servir d'analyse et d'expHcation a I'atlas de 1' Ocean 
Pacifique. St. Petersburg, 1824-27-35. 3 pts. 4to, et atlas 
fol. de 34 cartes. 

KuHiKUHi NO KA Palapala Hemolele, He. — Buks I, n. Lahai- 
naluna, 1839. 12mo. pp. 35. (2) B. (H. C.) 

Lafond de Lurcy (Gabriel). — Voyages autour du monde et nau- 
frages celebres par le capitaine Gabriel Lafond de Lurcy. 
Paris, 1844-48. 8 vols. 8vo. 
Capt. Lafond visited the Islands in IMay, 1828. See Vol. IV., pp. 1-74. 

Lahainaluna. — Laws of the High School, with a Catalogue. In Ha- 
waiian and English. Lahainaluna, 1835. 12mo. pp. 28. B. 
(H. C.) 

Laiekaiwai. — The Lady of the Twilight. A Hawaiian Romance. 
Honolulu, H. M. W. 12'ino. 

Lama Hawaii. — A paper edited by Rev. L. Andrews. Lahainaluna, 
from Feb. 14 to Dec. 26, 1834. The first Journal published 
in the Pacific. The woodcuts were engraved by Dr. Alery 
Chapin of the American Mission at Lahaina. B. (H. C.) 

Lang (John Dunmore). — View of the Origin and Migrations of the 
Polynesian Nation; demonstrating their ancient discovery 
and progressive settlement on the Continent of America. 
London, 1834. 12mo. pp. 256. 

Langsdorff (Geo. Henry von). — Bemerkungen auf einer Reise um 
die Welt in den Jahren, 1803-07. Frankfurt-am-Mein, Wil- 
mans, 1812. 2 vols. 4to. 40 pi. 

Voyages and Travels in various parts of the world during the 

years 1803-07. London, 1813-14. 2 vols. 4to. Portrait 
and figs. 

and Fischer (Fr. Ern. L.) — Plantes recueillles pendant le 

Voyage des Russes autour du monde, expedition dirigie par 
M. de Krusenstern; parties I. et II.; Icones Filicum. Tubin- 
gen, 1810-18. fol. de 36 pp. et 30 pi. 
La Pj^rouse (J. F. Galaup de). — Voyage autour du monde (pendant 
les annees 1 785-88) redege et publiee par M. L. A. Millet- 
Mureau. Paris, de I'lmprimerie de la Republique, an V (1797). 
4 vol. 4to, et un atlas fol. de 70 pi. 

2d Edition. Pam, 1798. 3 vols. 8vo. A. 

A Voyage round the world, 1785-88, under the command of 

John Francis Galaup de Laperouse. Translated from the 
French. London, 1799. 2 vols. 4to. Atlas fol. 69 maps 
and figs. 

2d Edition. London, 1798. 2 vols. 8vo. Portr. and 51 figs. 



— 92 — 

La P:i^rouse (J. F. Galaup de). — ^^Sd Edition. London, 1799. 3 vols. 
8vo. and an atlas of maps and figs. 

German translation, •with notes by J. R. Forster and Chr. Spren- 

gel. Berlin, ll^d. 2 vols. 8vo. 

Swedish translation by Samcedham. Stockholm, 17 Q9. 8vo. 

4th English Edition. London, 1807. 3 vols. 8vo. and atlas. 

Voyage de la Perouse, redlge d'apres ses manuscrits originaux, 

suivi d'un appendice rcnfermant tout ce que I'on a decouvert 
depuis le naufi-age jusqu'a nos jours, et enrichi de notes par 
M. de Lesseps, seul debris vivant de Texpedition dout il etait 
interprete. Paris, Arthus Bertrand, 1831. 8vo. With map, 
portrait and facsimile. 

La Perouse sighted Hawaii May 28th, 1786; amved at Maui the 29th 
and left the 1st of June. , 

Lapiace (Cyr. p. Thi^oi).). — Campagne de circumnavigation de lafre- 
gate VArtemise, pendant les amides 1837 k 1840. Paris, 
Arthus Bertrand, 1841, etc. 6 vols. 8vo. Fig. et cartes. 

Laplace aiTived the 9th and left on the 20th of July, 1839, after dis- 
gracing himself and his government, stealing twenty thousand dollars, and 
compelling the admission of brandy into the port, etc. See Hawaiian 
Spectator, Vol. II.; N. A. Eeview, No. 109; Castle, S. N. 

Laurent. — Zoophytologie du Voyage autour du monde de la Bonite en 
1836-37. Paris, Arthus Bertrand, 1844. 8vo. et atlas de 
6 pi. 

Law Eeports. — Reports of some of the Judgments and Decisions of 
the Courts of Record of the Hawaiian Islands for the ten 
years ending with 1856. By George M. Robertson, pp. 328. — 
Reports of a portion of the Decisions rendered by the Supreme 
Court of the Hawaiian Islands, in Law, Equity, Admiralty and 
Probate, 1857-65. By Robert G. Davis. Honolulu,^ J. H. 
Black, 1857-66. 2 vols. 8vo. B. (H. C.) 

Laws. — See Kanawai, Kumukanawai. 

Lebas. — See Dixon. 

Ledyard. — The Life of John Ledyard, the American Traveller; com- 
prising selection, from his Journals and Correspondence. Cam' 
brid(je, Mas^, 1828. 8vo. By Jared Sparks. B. (H. C.) 

— • Memoirs of the life and travels of John Ledyard, from his Jour- 
nal and Correspondence. By Jared Sparks. London, 1828. 
8vo. (H. C.) 

Travels and Adventures of John Ledyard, comprising his 

Voyage with Capt. Cook's third and last Expedition, etc. 
London, 1834. 8vo. 
Life of John Ledyard, etc. Boston, 1847. 



— 93 — 

Led YARD. — Journal, Hartford, Conn., 1783. 

Ledyard was sgrgeant of infantiy in Cook's third voj'age. tlis Journal, 
written during the voyage, was seized by the Admiralty, but on his return 
to this country he re-wrote it, and it Avas published at Hartford. 

Lesseps. — See La Perouse. 

LiCHTEXSTEiiSr (H.) — Beitrag zur Ornitliologisclien Fauna, von Cali- 

fornien und iiber einige Vogel von den Sandwichs Inseln. 

[Abliandlungeu Berliner Akaderaie, 1838, p. 417.] Berlin. 
LiKA Katolika. — Supplementum. Honolulu, C. M., 1864. 4to. ob- 
long, pp. 40. B. (H. C.) 
Lira Hawaii. — He mau leomele no na Ekalesia O Hawaii nei. Church 

music. Honolulu, M., 1848. pp. 104. 2d Edition, 1855. 

8vo. pp. 104. B. (H. C.) 
Lira Kamalii. — Songs and Tunes for the Sunday School. New York, 

Am. Tract. Soc, 1862. 16mo. pp. 192. B. (H. C.) 
Lisianski (Capt. Lieut. Joury). — Poutechestvie vokroug sveta. 

Voyage around the world, performed in the Neva, in 1803-06. 

In Russian. St, Petersburg, Drechsler, 1812. 2 vols. 8vo, 

and fol. atlas. 

Voyage round the world in the years 1803-06 ; performed by 

order of Alexander I., Emperor of Russia, in the ship Neva, 
by Urey Lisianski. London, Booth, 1814. 4to. lUus. 
LcEWENSTERN (Is. de). — See Voyages nouveaux par mer et par terre, 
efi'ectues ou publies de 1837 k 1847; pub. par Albert Monte- 
meut. Paris, 1847. 5 vols. 8vo. Vol. I. p. 238. 
Loewenstem was at the Islands three months at the beginning of 1839. 

Lucett. — Rovings in the Pacific, from 1837 to 1849; with a Glance at 
California, by a Merchant long resident at Tahiti. London, 
1851. 2 vols. 

Lyman (Prof C. S.). — Recent condition of Kilauea, 1852. [Silliman's 
Journal, Vol. XH. (2) pp. 75-80.] 

Lyman (Rev. J). B.) — No ka Wahahee. Tract on Lying. Honolulu, 

M., 1837. 12mo. pp. 8. 
Lyons (Rev. L.) — Nahimeni Kamalii. Children's Hymns. Honolulu, 

M., 1837. 24mo. pp. 72. B. (H. C.) 

2d Edition, 1838. pp. 122. B. (H. C.) 

Na Haawina kamalii, no ke kula Sabati. Scripture Lessons. 

//onoMw, M., 1838. 12mo. pp.152. 43 woodcuts. B. (H. C.) 
Maile Quarterly. — Published by the Hawaiian Mission Children's 
Society, Honolulu, H. M. W., from 1866. 8vo. 



— 94 — 

Manao o na Arii, Ka, — Thoughts on Royalty, Honolulu, M., 1825. 

18mo. pp. 8. Old orthography. 
Mann (Horace). — Denudation on the Hawaiian Islands. [Proceedings 

of the Boston Society of Natural History. Vol. X., p. 232.] 

On some Hawaiian Crania and Bones, \_lbid. Vol. X. p. 229.] 

Revision of the Genus Schiedea and some of the Rutaces. 

Ibid. Vol. X. pp. 309-319.] 

On the present condition of Kilauea and Mauna Loa. \Il)id. 

Vol. X. p. 229.] 

Description of the Crater of Haleakala. \_Ihid. Vol. XJ. p. 112.] 

Enumeration of Hawaiian Plants. [Proceedings of the Ameri- 

can Academy of Arts and Sciences. Vol. VII. pp. 143-235.] 

Flora of the Hawaiian Islands. 8vo. In Press. [Proceedings 

of the Essex Institute. Vol. V.] 

Mane lani, O ka. — Ka ai na ka uhane. Honolulu, M., 1841. 18mo. 
pp. 69. B. (H. C.) 

Manuals no ta poe Katolika ma Havaii. — Honolulu, C. M., 1857. 
12mo. pp. 604, XL, X, 8. B. (H. C.) 
A beautifully pi-inted volume from the Catholic Press. 

Maps. — No topographical Surveys have been made. See Maps in Me- 
moirs Boston Society of Natm-al Histor'y. Vol. I, pt. 3. 

Marchand (Etienne). — Voyage autour du monde, pendant les annees 
1790-92, precede d'une introduction historique, etc., par C. P. 
Claret Fleurieu. Paris, Impr. de la Republique an VI-VHI 
(1798-1800). 4 vols. 4to. Figs. 

2d Edition. Paris, 1798-1800. 5 vols. 8vo. et atlas 4to. 

A Voyage round the World, 1790-92, by Stephen Marchand. 

Preceded by an historical introduction, etc. Lojidon, 1801. 
2 vols. 4to. and atlas. 

Neueste Reise um die Welt. Leipzig, Henrichs. 2 vols. 8vo. 

Marchand made the south point of Hawaii October 5th, 1791, and ar- 
rived at Kauai on the 7th. Did not anchor. 

Mariner (W.) — Account of the Natives of the Tonga Islands, with an 
original Grammar, etc., compiled and arranged from the ex- 
tensive communications of W. Mariner, by John Martin. 
London, 1818. 2 vols. 8vo. Map and portr. 

Mariner touched at the Islands in September, 1806, on the ship Fort au 
Prince. 

Marsden (Williaji). — Miscellaneous Works. — On the Polynesian or 
East Insular Languages. London, 1834. 4to. Maps and 
cuts. 

Martin (John). — See Mariner. 



— OS- 
Marshall (James F. B.) — Address at the Annual Meeting of the 
Eoyal Plawaiian Agricultural Society, October 22d, 1857. 
Honolulu. Roy. 8vo. pp. 8. 

See Church Music. 

Martin (William). — Catalogue d'Ouvrages relatifs aux lies Hawaii, 
Essai de Bibliographie Hawaiienne. Paris, Challamel aine. 
1867. 12mo. pp. 92. B. 

Notice sur les iles Hawaii; Exposition universelle de 1867 a Paris. 

Paris, P. Dupont, 1868. 8vo. pp. 21. (H. C.) 
Mathison (G. F.). — Narrative of a visit to Brazil, Chili, Peru and the 
Sandwich Islands, during the years 1821-22. With miscel- 
laneous remarks on the past and present state, and political 
prospects of those countries. London, 1825. 8vo. 
Meares (John). — Voyages made in the years 1788 and 1789, from 
China to the Northwest coast of America ; to which are pre- 
fixed an introductory narrative of a voyage performed in 
1786, from Bengal, etc. London, 1790. 4to. lUus. 

2d Edition, 1791. 2 vols. 8vo. lUus. 

3d Edition, 1796. 

French translation by Billecocq. Pan's, an IH (1795). 3 vols. 

8vo, et un atlas 4to. 
Meyen (Dr. F. J. F.). — Beitrage zur Zoologie, gesanimelt auf einer 
Beise um die Erde. Dritte Abhandlung, Menscher-Ea9en. 
Breslau et Bonn, 1834. 4to. 41 pi. plain and colored. 

Eeise um die Erde, Aus gefuhrt auf dem Koniglich Preusslschen 

Seehandlungs Schlffe Princess Louisa, commandirt von Capi- 

tain W. Wendt, In den Jahren 1830-32. Berlin, 1834-35. 

2 vols. 4to. 
Millet-Mureau (L. a.). — See La Perouse. 
Mission at the Sandwich Islands. — [Christian Examiner, 1835.] 

Boston. 

Eeport on the Hawaiian Church Mission (Reformed Catholic). 

London, 1866. 
Missionaries. — Instructions of the Prudential Committee to the several 

Reinforcements sent out to the Sandwich Islands Mission. 

Boston. 
Comments on the Course of Missionaries in the Sandwich 

Islands. [Edinburgh Review, Jan. 1844.] 

American Missionaries at the Sandwich Islands. Refutation of 

the Charges brought against them by the Roman Catholics. 
Boston, 1841. 



— 96 — 

Missionaries. — Answers to Questions proposed by H. Ex. E,. C. Wyllie, 
Minister of Foreign Relations, and addressed to all the Mis- 
sionaries in the Hawaiian Islands, May, 1846. Honolulu, 1848. 
8vo. 

Missionary's Daughter, The. — New York, 1841. 

Missionary Gazetteer, comprising a View of the Inhabitants, and 
the Geographical Description of the Countries and Races 
where the Protestant Missionaries have labored. Woodstock, 
1825. 

Missionary Herald. (In 1868 this work consists of sixty-three vols., 
8vo, forty-eight of which contain numerous, though gener- 
ally brief, articles respecting the Islands. The entire collec- 
tion relates to religious affairs, full index to which is not 
practicable in this book. Leading subjects are enumerated 
sufficiently to indicate the great amount of information on 
Hawaii contained in these volumes.) A. (H. C.) 

Mission to the Islands announced, Vol. 15 (1819), p. 428; Ordination 
of Missionaries and foraiation of Mission church, do., p. 527; Embark- 
ation of Missionaries, do., p. 528; Donations to, do., p. 507; Report of 
Pmdential Committee respecting, do., p. 558; " Thaddeus " spoken, 
Vol. 16, p. 48; Description of arrival fii'st missionaries. Vol. 17 (1821), 
pp. 111-122; Destractiou of Idols, do.; p. 122. 

Annual Review of Mission. Vol. 16 (1820), p. 48; Vol. 20(1824), 
pp. 3, 4; Vol. 21 (1825), pp. 4, 211; Vol. 22 (1826), p. 4; Vol. 23 (1827), 
pp. 10, 211; Vol. 24 (1828), p. 7; Vol. 25 (J829), p. 9; Vol. 26 (1830), 
pp. 9, 310-19; Vol. 27 (1831), pp. 7, 118-22, 144-6, 182; Vol. 28 (1832), 
p. 5; Vol. 29 (1833), p. 19; Vol. 30 (1834), pp. 3, 367; Vol. 31 (1835), 
pp. 150, 17; Vol. 32 (1836), pp. 102-6, 17-19; Vol. 33 (1837), pp. 17, 
273-81, 429, 475; Vol. 34 (1838), p. 10, and many more; Vol. 35 (1839), 
pp. 11, 141 et seq; Vol. 36 (1840), pp. 12, 222-27; Vol. 37 (1841), pp. 
12, 145-53; Vol. 38 (1842), pp. 4, 9, 94, 461, 470; Vol. 39 (1843), p. 11; 
Vol. 40 (1844), pp. 8, 14-23, 118; Vol. 41 (1845), pp. 10, 69, 73-87; Vol. 
42 (1846), pp. 11, 150-354; Vol. 43 (1847), pp. 11, 217-24; Vol. 44 
(1848), pp. 10, 181-94; Vol. 45 (1849), pp. 11, 73-88; Vol. 46 (1850), pp. 
12, 397-408; Vol. 47 (1851), pp. 11, 397-402; Vol. 48 (1852), pp. 10, 
321-26, 335-7; Vol. 49 (1853), pp. 10, 369-79; Vol. 50 (1854), pp. 10, 11; 
Vol. 51 (1855), pp. 10, 11; Vol. 52 (1856), pp. 10, 11; Vol. 53 (1857), pp. 
10, 11; Vol. 54 (1858), pp. 9, 10; Vol. 55 (1859), pp. 9, 10; Vol. 56 
(1860), pp. 10, 11; Vol. 57 (1861), pp. 10, 11; Vol. 58 (1862), p. 15; 
Vol. 59 (1863), p. 9; Vol. 60 (1864), p. 10; Vol. 61 (1865), pp. 9, 10; 
Vol. 62 (1866), pp. 10, 11; Vol. 63 (1867), p. 9. 
Mission: Condition of, reviewed, 1828, Vol. 25, p. 117; do. general, Vol. 30 
(1834), p. 367, etc; Vol. 32, p. 305; Vol. 41 (1845), pp. 78, 358; Vol. 35 
(1839), p. 482. Expense of, 1823, Vol. 20, p. 375. Episcopalian view 
of. Vol. 63, pp. 225-31. Foreign opposition to. Vol. 23 (1827), p. 202. 
Good done by, testimony, Vol. 42 (1846), pp. 145, 147; Vol. 56, 214. 
Journal of, see below. Missionaries, circular letter of, 1826, Vol. 23, p. 
240. Keinforcements, coutemplated, Vol. 17 (1821), 396; embarkation 



9T 



of same, Vol. 19, pp. 11, 106; do. arrive. Vol. 20 (1824), pp. 179-81, 
209; again contemplated, Vol. 23, pp. 227, 293, 325; do. aiTive, Vol. 25 
(1829), p. 20; again proposed. Vol. 26, pp. 334, 366; arrive, Vol. 28 
(1832), pp. 74, 114; proposed. Vol. 31, (1835), pp. 18, 32, 281; do. ar- 
rive, Vol. 32 (1886), p. 81; do. Vol. 44 (1848), p. 367. Success of, pros- 
pect of, Vol. 20, (1824), pp. Ill, 318; do. estimated 1833, Vol. 29, p. 
453. 

Missionary Society, Hawaiian, Vol. 50 (1854,) Vol. 48, p. 326. 

Evang-elical Association, Hawaiian, Anniial retrospects of mission 
work, statistics, etc., Vol. 50 (1854). pp. 337-41; Vol. 51 (1855), pp. 321 
-23; Vol. 52 (1856), pp. 310-12; Vol. 53 (1857), pp. 337-40; Vol. 54 
(1858), pp. 329-37; Vol. 55 (1859), pp. 292-94; Vol. 56 (1860), pp. 
292-300; Vol. 57 (1861), pp. 291-95; Vol. 58 (1862), pp. 307-9; Vol. 59 
(1863), pp. 296-99; Vol. 60 (1864), pp. 351-3; Vol. 61 (1865), pp. 293, 
363-4; Vol. 62 (1866), p. 296; Vol. 63 (1867), 368-9. 

Evangelical Association, Hilo, organized, Vol. 57 (1861), p. 67. 

Mission to Marquesas, begun. Vol. 49 (1853), pp. 284, 373-5. 

MISCELLANEOUS. 

Alphabet, Vol. 19, p. 42; Annual meeting of JMissionaries (List) with 
review for twenty-five years past, Vol. 49 (1853), p. 370. Anderson, 
Eev. Dr., on visit to Islands, Vol. 59 (1863), pp. 193-7. American af- 
fairs. Interest in. Vol. 60 (1S64), p. 152. Bible, edition of. Vol. 40 
(1?44), p. 104, etc. Bingham, Rev. II. (earlj^ letters fronij on board 
" Thaddous," Vol. 16, p. 91; Vol. 17, p. 215; Vol. 18, p. 320; do. Jour- 
nal at Atooi, Vol. 18, pp. 241-49. Church at Honolulu (first), Vol. 18 
(1522), p. 92; new do. at do., Vol. 21 (1825), p. 248; Vol. 26, pp. 105, 
2£0. Clark, on advance in ten j-eai*s. Vol. 54 (1S58), p. 335. Coan, 
Rev. T. (review of twenty years). Vol. 51 (1855), pp. 323-25; Vol. 52, 
p. 59: Vol. 60, pp. 73-5, 151, 298. Tour in Puna and Hilo, Vol. 61 
(1865), pp. 134-7; do. do. Vol. 62, p. 42. Communicants, miraber 
in 1S43, Vol. 40, pp. 9, 17, 48, 186. Dana, R. H. Jr., opinion on Mis- 
sion, Vol. 56, pp. 214-16: Foreign aggression. Vol. 40 (1844), Vol. 47, 
etc. C^raham, Mrs., corrected. Vol. 23, p. 271. General Intelligence 
(earlier years), Vol.. 18 (1822), pp. 63, 65, 67, 90-2, 145, 189-91, 213, 241- 
50, 399; Vol. 19 (1823), pp. 11, 40, 96, 105, 205, 270; (reference to each 
volume may be made under tbis bead). Hopoo, Thomas, letters. Vol. 
IS, pp. 146-7, 190. Hawaii, tour of, 1825, Vol. 23, pp. 4S-55, 184. 
Hilo, school at. Vol. 40, pp. 9, 16 ; Vol. 45, pp. 42, 186. Idolatry, re- 
mains of. Vol. 24 (1828), p. 106; Vol. 27 (1831), p. 145; Vol. 30, p. 407. 
Independence, recognition of. Vol. 39 (1843), pp. 90, 131; Vol. 40, p. 
10. Influence— of California, Vol. 46 (1850), p. 248; do. of Govern- 
ment, Vol. 31 (1835), p. 466. Journal of Mission, Vol. 17 (1821), pp. 
169-178, 131-142, 241-50; Vol. IS (1822), pp. 201-14, 320-24, (at Oahu) 
273-SO; Vol. 19, pp. 38-44, 97-105, 182-85, 281-3,314-20,350-2; Vol. 
20, pp. 208-10, 245-48, 281-3, 315-18; Vol. 21, 172-4, 210-12, 248-50, 
274-5; Vol. 22 (1826), 14-19, 40, 68-73, 108, 205-9, 369-72. Kameha- 
meha, letters from. Vol. 19 (1823), p. 316; [See Reho Reho] ; do. III., 
death of. Vol. 51 (1855). Kekela, Rev. J., Vol. 46, p. 406; Vol. 47, p. , 
400. Kohala, history of Station at. Vol. 41 (1845), pp. 79-83. La- 
haina, Messrs. Stewart and Richards at. Vol. 21 (1825), pp. 39, 69, 212, 
7 



— 98 — 

275; Vol. 22 (1826), pp. 36, 142-49, 169-76, 239-45; Vol. 23, pp. 38, 142; 
do., viewof the Meeting-House, Vol. 35 (1839), 304. Lahainaluna, 
view of seminary. Vol. 35 (1839), p. 257; infomiatioii on Schools, 1^37, 
Vol. 34, p. 252; Vol. 35 (1839), p. 257; Vol. 40, pp. 9, 15; Vol. 41, pp. 
10, 28, 76; Vol. 42, p. 419 ; Vol. 59, pp. 341, 298; Seminary biirned, 
Vol. 58 (1862), p. 375. LaAVS, abstract of. Vol. 36 (1840), p. 101. 
Loomis, E., letter from (first). Vol. 17, p. 215. Map of Islands, Vol. 
28 (1832). Maui, population 1828, Vol. 25, p. 211; census, Vol. 28 
(1832), p. 251; Vol. 44 (1847), p. 103. Marriag;e, prevalence of Chris- 
tian fonn of. Vol. 26 (1830), p. 312; Vol. 28 (1832), p. 74; Vol. 29, p. 
162. Native ministry. Ordination of first native minister, Vol. 46 
(1850), p. 406; in general, see Vol. 61 (1865), p. 262; Vol. 62, p. 16; 
Vol. 63, pp. 47, 401. Newspaper (religious) attempted, 1834, Vol. 31, 
p. 149. Paris, Eev., statistics, etc.. Vol. 54, p. 202. Pele, a pretended, 
Vol. 22 (1826), pp. 241-3. People, condition of the, Vol. 19 (1823), 
pp.. 103, 183; Vol. 20- (1824), p. 112: Vol. 21 (1825), pp. 210-11; Vol. 
22 (1826), pp. 42, 308; Vol. 23 (1827), pp. 55, 206; Vol. 25 (1829), pp. 
183, 315; Vol. 26 (1830), pp. 10, 18, 107; Vol. 28 (1832), p. 155; Vol. 30 
(1834), pp. 286, 368, 371, 341, 449; Vol. 34 (1888), p. 255; Vol. -35 
(1839), pp. 146, 167, 258; Vol. 37 (1841), pp. 152, 147; Vol. 38 (1842), 
pp. 149, 156; Vol. 36 (1840), p. 222; Vol. 40 (1844), pp. 9, 17, 176, 
188, 192; Vol. 39 (1843), p. 54, etc; Vol. 43 (1847), pp. 97, 219, 361; 
Vol. 46 (1850), pp. 402-8; Vol. 48 (1852), pp. 11, 161, 322, 324-6; Vol. 
49 (1853), pp. 289, 377; Vol. 51 (1855), pp. 166, 322-5; Vol. 55 (1859), 
pp. 258-9, 293; Vol. 56 (1860), pp. 293, 297; Vol. 57 (1861), p. 250; 
Vol, 58 (1862), p. 374; Vol. 59 (1863), p. 112; Vol. 60 (1864), pp. 297, 
352; Vol. 61 (1865), p. 364; Vol. 62 (1866), p. 17. Press and Print- 
ing, Vol. 20 (1824), p. 183; Vol. 21 (1825), p. 105; Vol. 22 (1826), p.- 
141; Vol. 24 (1828), pp. 8, 103, 210; Vol. 25 (1829), pp. 9, 26, 182, 262, 
275, 397; Vol. 26 (1830), pp. 9, 19, 311, 316; Vol. 27 (1831). pp. 7, ly , 
144; Vol. 28 (1832), pp. 6, 73; Vol. 29 (1833), pp. 16, 221, 456; Vol. 30 
(1834), pp. 256, 283: Vol. 31 (1835), pp. 19, 147; Vol. 32 (1836), pp. 10?, 
317, 353; Vol. 34 (1838), p. 253; Vol. 35 (1839), pp. 145, 162; Vol. 36 
(1840), p. 222; Vol. 37 (1841), p. 145; Vol. 40 (1844), p. 104. View of 
printing-office, Honolulu, Vol. 3^ (1840), p. 223. Population and 

Census, Vol. 28 (1832), (Maui,) p. 251; Islands, p. 22; 

Vol. 30 (1834), p. 6; Voh 32 (1836), p. 805; Vol. 44 

(1848), (Maui,) p. 103; Vol. 46 (1850), pp. 140, 397; Vol. 47 (1851), p. 
12; Vol. 63 (1867), p. 215. Decrease of population, Vol. 43 (1847), pp. 
93, 103, 220; Vol. 45 (1849), p. 74; Vol. 46 (1850), pp. 166-7, 397. Po- 
etry, native, remarks on, Vol. 25, p. 372. Keho Keho (Kamehameha 
II.), visit to Europe and U. S. A., Vol. 20 (1824), p. 248; Vol. 21, p. 172; 
return of remains per "Blonde" Vol. 22, pp. 109, 172. Rising, F. S., 
view of Mission, Vol. 63, p. 225. Romanigm (many references 
through work), see Vol. 28, p. 851;' Vols. 40, 42, 45, 38. Ruggles, S., 
early letters from. Vol. 17, pp. 123, 216; Vol. 18, pp. 189, 321, etc. 
School, plan of High, for teachers, Vol. 28 (1832), pp. 188, 222. See 
Lahainahma, Hilo, Wailuku, etc., and annual reports. In earlier years. 
Vol. 28 (1832), pp. 5,72, 251; Voh 29, pp. 267, 457; Vol. 30, pp. 257- 
448. Sea, remarkable rise and fall of. Vol. 34, pp. 244, 475. Teni» 
perance Society (general), formation of, Vol. 28 (1682), p. 115. "Ta- 



i 



— 99 — 

moi-ee (King), letters from, Vol. 17 (1821), pp. 124, 142. Tapoolee 
(Queen), letters ft-om, Vol. 17, pp. 124, 143. Thurston, A., letter 
from, Vol. 18, p. 190 (and many after). Ti'eaties with England and 
France, Vol. 43 (1847), pp. 140-1. Tornado (Laliaina), Vol. 54, p. 
335. Volcanoes, Vol. 39 (1843), pp. 381, 463; Vol. 37, p. 283; Vol. 
40, p. 189; Vol. 48, pp. 225, 356; Vol. 52, p. 59. Whitney, S., letters 
from (earlier dates). Vol. 17 (1821), pp. 123, 216; Vol. 18, pp. 189, 321; 
Vol 19, p. 44, et seq. Waialua (new station at). Vol. 29 (1833), p. 
365; (school at). Vol. 62 (1866), p. 197; Vol. 63, p. 211. Wailukn, 
Vol. 28 (1832), p. 250; Vol. 42, p. 188; Female boarding-school at. Vol. 
40, pp. 9, 15. Waimea, Vol. 28, pp. 116, 222, 329, etc. 

Missionary Records. — London, Eeligious Tract Society, 1840, etc. 

Reports of the Hawaiian Missionary Society, presented by the 

Board of Directoi's. Annual. Honolulu. 12mo. Twelfth 
and Last Report, 1863. B. (H. C.) 

Missions. — Proceedings of the A. B. C. F. M., In relation to a recent 
interference with its work on the Sandwich Islands. Boston, 
1865. 8vo. pp. 16. 

Monitor, The. — Edited by Rev. Daniel Dole. Monthly paper for chil- 
dren. Honolulu, 1845. 

MoNTAGNE. — See Gaudichaud et Montague. 

MoNTGOMERT. — See Tyerman and Bennett. 

(James). — Journal of Voyages and Travels. Boston, 1832. 

8vo. (H. C.) 
Moo-Atua, Ta; a me na taao o ta honua nel. Honolulu, C. M., 1858. 

8vo. pp. 20. B. (H. C.) 
MoooLELO Hawaii. — Hawaiian History. Laliainaluna, 1838. 8vo. 

By the Pupils in the Seminarj^ of the American Mission. A portion 
was translated in the " Hawaiian Spectator," Jan., 1839. 

2d Edition, enlarged. Edited by Rev. J. F. Pogue. Honolulu, 

1858. 8vo. pp. 86. 

Ka Mooolelo Hawaii. See Remy, Jiiles. 

MooOLELO no ka Ekalesia o Iesu Chkisto. — Church History. 

New York, 1863. 8vo. Illus. 
Morellet. — See Vancouver. 
MoREMONA, Ka Buke a. — The Book of Mormon. San Francisco. 8vo. 

B. (H. C.) 
MoREELL (Capt. Benj.). — Narrative of four voyages to the South Seay 

North and South Pacific Ocean, etc., 1822-31. Comprising 

Critical Surveys of Coasts and Islands, with sailing Directions,' 

etc., to which is prefixed a brief sketch of the author's early 

life. New York, 1832. 8vo. Port. 

iloiTell arrived at the Islands June 22d, 1825, and remained a week. 



— 100 — 

Mortimer (Lieut. George). — Observations and Remarks made during 
a voyage to the Islands of TenerifFe .... Otaheite, Sand- 
wich Islands, etc., in the brig Mercury, Commander John 
Henry Cox. London, 1791. 4to. 

MOSBLECH (I'abbe Boniface). — Vocabulaire Oceanien-Fran^ais et 
Francjais- Ocean! en des dialectes partes aux iles Marquises, 
Sandwich, Gambier, etc. Paris, J. Renouard, 1843. 12mo. 

NoNANONA. — The Ant. Edited by Rev. R. Armstrong. From the 6th 
of July, 1841, to March 18th, 1845. Honolulu. 

NuHOU.— The News. Edited by James W. Marsh. March 10th, 1854, 
Honolulu. 

NuPEPA KuoKOA. — Independent Press. Weekly since January, 1861, 
Honolulu, Dr. L. H. Gulick, Editor. 

Oahu, and its Agricultural Prospects. [Nautical Magazine, 1856.] 

College. Catalogue of the Teachers and Pupils of Punahou 

School and Oahu College for Twenty-five years, ending 1866, 
with an account of the Quarter Century Celebration held at 
Punahoif, June 15th, 18G6. Honolulu, H. M. W., 1866. 8vo. 
pp. 49. B. 

■ at the Sandwich Islands. Boston, T. R. Marvin, 1856. 

12mo. pp. 12. B. (H. C.) 

. Fountain. — A Monthly Temperance Journal. Edited by J. 

Peacock. From Jan. to Oct., 1847. B. (H, C.) 

Olelo o Ke Akua, He. — Honolulu, 1825. 8vo, pp. 4, Old ortho- 
graphy. 

Olelo hoonaau ao. He. — Catechism of the Roman Catholic Mis- 
sion. Macao, 1831. 8vo, pp. 48. 

Olmstead (Fr. Allyn). — Incidents of a Whaling Voyage; to which 
are added Observations on the Scenery, Manners and Cus- 
toms, and Llissionary Stations of the Sandwich and Society Isl- 
lands. Accompanied by numerous lithographic prints. Neio 
York, 1841. 12mo. Illus. 

Orme (W.). — A Defence of the Missions in the South Seas and Sand- 
wich Islands, against the Misrepresentations contained in a 
late number of the Quarterly Review, London, 1827. 

Ornithology. — See Cassin, Dole (S, B.), Eschscholtz, Eydoux et 
Souleyet, Gould (J.), Hinds, Lichtenstein, Peale, Quoy et 
Gaimard, Stanley, Vigors. 

Pacific Commercial Advertiser. -^ Edited by H. M. Whitney. 
Weekly from July, 1856. 



— 101 — 

Pacific Ocean, considered with reference to the Wants of Seamen. 
[Nautical Magazine, 1856.] 

Palace, Investigation at the, by command of the King, etc., with sup- 
plement and Appendix. Honolulu, 1847. 2 vols. Svo. H. 

Pal AP ALA HiMENi, no na Halepide a me na Halekula Katolika o 
Havaii. Honolulu,, C. M., 1852. 18mo. pp. 140. Music 
96, 10. B. (H. C.) 

Palapala Hoakaka i ke ano ino o na mea ona. — On the use of Intoxi- 
cating Drinks. Honolulu, M., 1837. 12mo. pp. 27. B. (H. C.) 

Papainoa o ke Kulanui o Lahainaluna. — Catalogue of the High 
School at Lahainaluna. Honolulu, M. 1846. Svo. pp. 14. 
B. (H. C.) 

Papa Kuhikuhi o na Kuliana a pau ma ka Mokupuni o Oahu. — 
Index of aU the claims awarded on the Island of Oahu by the 
Land Commission. Honolulu, 1861. Svo. 

Parker (Mrs. E. M. W.). — The Sandwich Islands as they are, not as 
they should be. San Francisco, 1852. 

Parker (Capt.). — On the Volcano of Kilauea with Plate. [Silliman's 
Journal. Vol. XL., p. 117.] 

Parkhurst (John L.). — Latin Lessons for Hawaiian Children. La- 
hainaluna, 1839. ISmo. pp. 32. B. (H. C.) 

Paulding (Hiram). — Journal of a cruise of the U. S. schooner Dol- 
• pTiin, among the Islands of the Pacific Ocean, etc. New York, 
1831. 12mo. pp. 258. Map. A. 

Peabody (Rev. A. P.). — The Hawaiian Islands as developed by Mis- 
sionary Labors. [Boston Review, May, 1865.] Svo. pp. 
24. B. (H. C.) 

Peale (Titian R.). — Mammalia and Ornithology of the United States 
Exploring Expedition. Philadelphia, ISiS. 4to. (Suppressed.) 

Pease (W. Harper). — A Catalogue of Works relating to the Hawaiian 
or Sandwich Islands. Honolulu, H. M. Whitney, 1862. Svo. 
pp. 24. B. 

Descriptions of New Species of MoUusca from the Sandwich 

Islands. [Proceedings of the Zoological Society, 1860. pp. 
18, 141.] London. 

Descriptions of New Species of Planariidae collected in the 

Sandwich Islands. l_Ibid. p. 37.] 

Descriptions of seventeen New Species of marine shells from the 

Sandwich Islands. \Ihid. p. 39 7.] 

Descriptions of forty-seven New Species of shells from the 

Sandwich Islands. \_Ibid. p. 431.] 

New MoUusca from the Sandwich Islands. [Ibid. 1861. p. 242.] 



— 102 



Pease (W. Haepek). — Descriptions of two New Species of Helicter 
(Achatinella) from tlie Sandwich Islands, with a History of the 
Genus, llbid. 1862. p. 3.] 

Marine Shells. [Ibid. p. 240.] 

New Sj)ecies of Shells from the Pacific Islands. [_Ibid. p. 243.] 

Marine Shells. [Ibid. p. 278.] 

Additions, etc. llbid. 1863. p. 510.] 

Periodicals published at the Islands. Those no longer issued (1868) 
are marked *. 



AMEEICAN. 



HAWAIIAN. 



* Sandwich Island Gazette, 1836-39 

* Hawaiian Spectator, 1838-39 



* Lama Hawaii, 

* Kumu Hawaii, 

* Nonanona, 

* Elele Hawaii, 

* Nuhou, 

* Hae Hawaii, 

* Hoku Loa, 



1834 

1834 

1841-45 

1845-55 

1854 

1856-61 

1854 



* No ka Hoku Loa Kala- 

vina, 1859 

* Hae Kiritiano, 1850 

* Hoku o ka Pakipika, 1861 
NujDepa Kuokoa, 1861 
Au Okoa, 1865 
Alaula, 1866 



* Sandwich Island Mirror, 1839 

* Polynesian, 1840-62 
Friend, 1843 

* Hawaiian Cascade and 

MisceUany, 1844-45 

* Monitor, 1845 

* Oahu Fountain, 1847 

* Sandwich Island News 1846-47 

* Honolulu Times, 1844-51 

* Transactions of the Royal 

Hawaiian Agricultural 
Society, 1850-56 

* Weekly Ai-gus, 1852-53 

* Amateur, 1852 

* New Era and Weekly 

Argus, 1853-55 

* Sandwich Island Month- 

ly Magazine, 1856 

Pacific Commercial Adver- 
tiser, 1856 

Hawaiian Gazette, 1865 

* Daily Hawaiian Herald, 1866 _ 

Perkins (Edward T.). — ^Na Motu, or Reef Kovings in the South Seas, 
a Narrative of Adventures at the Hawaiian, Georgian and 
Society Islands, with Maps and an Apjjendix, relating to the 
Resources, Social and Political Condition of Polynesia, and 
Subjects of Interest in the Pacific. New York, 1854. 8vo. 
pp. 456. Illus. A. 

Peerey (Alexis). — See his various annual catalogues of earthquakes 
since 1843. 8vo. 



— 103 — 

Peterjiann (Aug.). — Mittlieilungen aus Justus Perthes Geograpliis- 
clier Anstalt, etc. See 1859, p. 188; 1861, p. 82. 

Philology. — See Alexander, Andrews, Bishop, Bopp, Chamisso, Craw.- 
furd, Dumont d'Urville, Dwight, Gaussin, Hale, Hervas, Hum- 
boldt, Ki-usenstern, Marsden, Mosblech, Kae, "Threlkeld. 

Pi- A-PA.— Primer. 18mo. pp.12, n. d. (A. B. C. F. M.) 

Pickering (Dr. Chas.). — The Races of Men and their Geographical 
Distribution. Philadelphia, 1848. 4to. fig. col. 

2d Edition. London, Bohn. 12mo. 

The Geographical Distribution of Animals and Man. Boston, 

1854. 

PiLioLELO NO ka olelo Beretania, He, — No title. Honolulu (?). 
8vo. pp. 40. B. (H. C.) 

Pius IX. — He Palapala apotolo a to tatou hatu hemolele loa a Pio IX, 
he tumutauoha ma ta oihana atua, no ta hoatata pau ana, ma 
te ano dogema i ta hapai pau-maele ole ia ana o ta Virigine 
Hanau-Atua. The dogma of the Immaculate Conception. 
Honolulu, C. M., 1856. 8vo. pp. 6. B. (H. C.) 

PoE (Francis). — The Hawaiian Islands. [De Bow's Commercial Re- 
view. May, 1858.] Washington. 

Polynesian. — A Weekly Journal, edited by J. J. Jarves. First Series, 
from June 6th, 1840, to December 4th, 1841. Second Series, 
froni May, 1844. Honolulu. 

Bought by the Government, July, 1844, and edited by the following 
officials nominated by Government, J. J. Jarves, C. E. Hitchcock, Jan. 
29th, 1848; C. Gordon Hopkins, Dec. 23d, 1848; Edwin 0. Hall, May 14th, 
1849; C. Gordon Hopkins, June 30th, 1855; Abraham Fornander, Oct., 
1860. 

PoMARE. — Letter from Queen Pomare to Louis Phillipe, King of the 
French. ' Honolulu. Post 8vo. n. d. 

PoRTLOCK (Capt. Nathaniel). — Voyage round the world, but more 
particularly to the North-west coast of America, performed in 
1785-88. London, lli'd. 4to. 20 pi. See Dixon. 

Abridged edition. London, 1791. 8vo. With map and por- 

trait of Hawaiian chief. 

Quatrefages (A. de). — Les Polynesiens et leurs Migrations. Paris, 
1836. 4to. 

See Revue des Deux Mondes, Feb. 1st and 15th, 1864. . 

QuoY et Gaimard. — Zoologie du Voyage autour du monde, sui 

VUranie et la Physicienne, en 1817-20. Paris, 1824. 4to. et 
atlas de 96 pi., dont 80 coloriees. 



— 104 — 

Rae (Dr. J.). — An Essay on the great antiquity of the Hawaiian people 
and of their Language, and its affinities with the Sanscrit, 
Greek, Latin, etc., in the form of a Letter addressed to the 
Minister of Foreign Affairs (R. C Wyllie). Honolulu, 1862. 
Broadside. B. 

Read (Rev. Hollis). — The Hand of God in History; or Divine Provi- 
dence historically illustrated in the Extension and Establish- 
ment of Christianity. Hartford, 1849. 12mo. 

Remy (Jules). — Recits d' un Vieux Sauvage, pour servir a 1' histoire 
ancienne de Havaii. Chalons-sur-Marne, 1859. 8vo. pp. 
67. B. 

Contributions of a Venerable Savage to the ancient History of 

the Hawaiian Islands. Trans, by Wm. T. Brigham. Boston, 

1868. 8vo. pp. 60. Privately printed. 200 copies. B. 
— : Ka Mooolelo Hawaii. Histoire de 1' Archipel Havaiien. Texte 

et Traduction precedes d'une Introduction sur I'etat physique, 

"moral et politique du pays. Par [LIpalani]. Paris &i Leipzig, 

1862. 8vo. pp. Ixxv, 254. B. 

The Mooolelo alone was published in 1861. 
Reports, annual, read before H. Majesty to the Hawaiian Legislature. 

Honolulu. Government Press, 1848. 8vo. pp. 95. (H. C.) 

Ditto, 1850. 8vo. pp. 88. (H. C.) 

1851. With the King's Speech. 8vo. pp. 301. (H. 

/ C.) 

1852. Ditto. Svo. pp. 88. (H. C.) 



Chancery. Estate of Wm. French et al. vs. Richard Charlton 

and H. Skinner. Honolulu, 1844. Svo. H. 
Law. James Gray vs. Hawaiian Government. Honolulu, 1845. 

Svo. H. 
George Pelley vs. Richard Charlton. Honolulu, 1844- 

12mo. H. . 
P. A. Brinsmade, case of libel vs. J. J. Jarves. Honolulu, 



1846. Svo. H. 

John Wiley, case of, seizure by a French subject. Cor- 



respondence, etc. Honolulu, 1844. Svo. H. 

Ditto. Additional correspondence, 1845. H. 



Ministerial. John Ricord, Attorney General's, 1845. Honolulu. 

Svo. pp. 31. (H. C.) 
G. P. Judd, Minister of Interior, 1845. Honolulu, pp. 

15. (H. C.) 
G. P. Judd, Minister of Finance, 1847. Honolulu. 

Svo. pp. 6. (H. C.) Ditto 1854-56. 
1846. Honolulu, 1846. Svo. pp. 64. (H. C) 



— 105 — 

Eeports, Ministerial, 1847. H. Lea. Honolulu. C. E. Hitchcock, 

1847. 8vo. pp. 24. (H. C.) 
John Young, Minister of Interior, 1847. 8vo. pp. 11. 

(H. C.) 

1854-56. pp. 21, 17, 20. (H. C.) 

Wm. Richards, Minister of Public Instruction, 1847. 



8vo. pp. 12. (H. C.) 

Ditto, 1854-55. (H. C.) 

R. Armstrong, Minister of Public Instruction, 1854-55. 



pp. 18, 21. (PI. C.) 

R. C. Wyllle, Minister of Foreign Relations, 1845-47- 



53-54-55-56, with appendix to 1855. Honolulu, pp. 19, 20, 
101, 95, 51, 32 and 159. (H. C.) 

Biennial, 1862. pp. 23. 

R. C. Wyllie, Secretary of War, etc., 1854-55-56-62. 

Honolulu, pp. 26, 21, 277. B. (H. C.) 

Chief Justice of the Supreme Court. First Annual Re- 
port, 1863. Honolulu, pp. 14. (H. C.) 

Ditto, 1865. pp. 22. (H. C.) 

1866. pp. 16. (H. C.) 



Various Eeports have been issued by Government, sometimes annually 
sometimes biennially, making nearly a complete series from 1845. 

EjEPORT, Official, on the Registry of Vessels in the Hawaiian Islands. 
Honolulu, 1844. 8vo. 

Wyllle, R. C. Reports on the King's personal accounts, by 

the Commissioners of H. M. Privy Purse. Honolulu, 1853- 
55. 8vo. pp. 103, 100. (H. C.) 
Report of the Proceedings and Evidence in the Arbitration between 
the King and Government of the Hawaiian Islands and Messrs. 
Ladd & Co., before Messrs. Stephen H. Williams and James 
F. B. Marshall, Arbitrators under Compact, 13th July, 1846,' 
etc. 8vo. pp. 548, and appendix pp. 133. Honolulu, Oahu, 
Government Press, 1846. (Court Record.) 

Hawaiian Mission Children's Society. Annual. Honolulu, 

1853-68. B. (H. C.) 
Reynolds (J. N.). — Voyage of the U. S. frigate Potomac, during the 

circumnavigation of the Globe, in the years 1831-34. Neio 

York, 1835. 8vo. 
Richards (Rev. Wm.). — Anahonua. Geometry for Children, translated 

from Holbrook. Honolulu, M., 1833. 16mo. pp. 64. 

He Mooolelo no na Holoholona wawae eha. A History of 

Quadrupeds. Comstock. Lahainaluna, 1834. 12mo. pp. 
192. 



— 106 — 

RiCHARDSOX (J.). — Zoology of Capt. Beectey's Yoyage, comjailed from 
the Collections and Notes made by Capt. Beechey, the officers 
and Naturalist of the Expedition. London, Bohn, 1839. 
4to. 47 pi. col. 

Zoology of the Voyage of H. M. ship Sulphur in 1836-42. 

London, 1844. 4to. pi. 

Ichthyology. London, 1844. 4to. 10 pi. 

RicORD (JoHx). — Award on the meaning of Lord Aberdeen's letter 
SejDtember 13th, 1843, in controversy with Richard Charlton 
claiming lands in Honolulu. Honolulu, 1844. 8vo. H. 

Robertson. — See Law Reports. 

Roland. — See Zimmerman. 

RooKE (Dr. T. C. B.). — Remarkable Agitation of th.e Sea at the Sand- 
wich Islands. [Silliman's Journal, Vol. XXXVII, p. 368.] 

Rosen. — See Steen BiUe. 

RuGGLES (Samuel). — NInau Hoike no Eanohi. Catechism on Genesis. 
Honolulu, M., 1833. 16mo. pp. 56. 

Rules and Orders of the House of Representatives, etc. Honolulu, 
Government Press, 1852. 18mo. 

Ruschenberger (Dr. W. S. W.). — Narrative of a Voyage round the 
World, including an Embassy to the Sultan of Muscat, and 
the Kingdom of Siam. Philadelphia and London, 1838. 8vo. 

Three Years in the Pacific. Philadelphia, 1854. 8vo. 

Dr. Ruschenberger, surgeon of the U. S. ship Peacock, arrived at Hono- 
lulu Sept. 7th, 1836, and left on the 25th. 

A ci-itique on the part of the first work relating to the Hawaiian Islands j 
by the Eev. C. S. Stewart, appeared in the " Courier" and " Examiner" 
of New York, 1838, in eight letters, and a Reply in twelve letters in 
the " Herald." and " Sentinel " of Philadelphia. 

Saint Hilaire (Geoffroy). — Zoologie du Voyage autour du monde 

de la Venus, en 1838-39. Paris, Gide, 1855. 8vo. et atlas 

de 79 pi. 
Samoedham. — See La Perouse. 
Sandwich Island Gazette and Journal of Commerce. Edited by S. 

D. Mackintosh.. Weekly, from August 1836, to July 1839. 

Honolulu. 

Established in opposition to the policy of the Government in the 
matter of Catholic Missionaries. 

Sandwich Island Mirror and Commercial Gazette. Monthly. Aug. 

1839. 
Supplement to. Honolulu, 1840. See Catholic 

Priests. 



— 107 — 

Sandwich Island Monthly INlAaAziNE. — ^Monthly. Edited by A. 
Fornander, from January to July 1856. Honolulu. 

Sandwich Island News. — Edited by a committee of Foreign Kesi- 
dents. "Weekly from Sept. 2, 1846, to Aug. 25th, 1847. 

Sandwich Islands. — A Narrative of five youtbs from tbe, viz., Oboo- 
kiah (Opukabala) , Hopoo (Hopu), Tenooe (Kanui), Honoree 
(Honori), and Prince Tamoree (Kamualii), now receiving an 
education in tbis country. New York^ 1819. B. (H. C.) 

This -was published and sold to defray the expenses of the students. 

Saunders (Elizabeth E.). — Remarks on a "Tour of Hawaii." 
Salem, 1848. 8vo. pp. 212 n. d. A. 

Saxon (Isabelle). — Five years witbin tbe Golden Gate. London, 
Cbapman& Hall; Philadelphia, J. B. Lippincott & Co., 1868. 
12mo. pp. 313. 

The7portion of this book relating to the Hawaiian Islands is surpris- 
ingly incorrect, even the chief town Honolulu is called Hanaruna, and 
where the_statenients can be understood at all, they are generally erro- 
neous. 

Seemann (Bekthold). — Narrative of tbe Voyage of H. M. sbip Herald, 
during tbe years 1845-51 ; being a circumnavigation of tbe 
globe, and tbree cruises to tbe Arctic Regions in searcb of Sir 
John Franklin, under command of Henry Kellet. London, 
1853. 2 vols. 8vo. Maps and figs. 

German edition. Hanover, 1853. 

KeUet arrive at Honolulu May 9th, 1847', and departed for the Arctic 
Ocean ten days after. Eeturned October 16th, 1850, and sailed for 
China, Nov. 3d. Seemann was the botanist of the Expedition. 

Sermons, Sixteen, in Hawaiian. Lahainaluna, 1836. 12mo. pp. 144. 
(H. C.) 

Simpson (Alexander). — Tbe Sandwicb Islands; Progress of Events 
since tbeir Discovery by Capt. Cook, tbeir occupation by Lord 
George Paulet, tbeir value and importance. London, 1843. 
8yo. Maps. (H. C.) 

Simpson (Sir George). — Narrative of a. Journey round tbe World 
during tbe years 1841-42, by Sir G. Simpson, Governor-in- 
Cbief of tbe Hudson's Bay Company's Territories. London, 
1847. 2 vols. 8vo. Map and portr. 

Simpson arrived at the Islands Feb. 10th and left March 24th, 1842. 

Skogman (E.). — "Voyage autour du monde sur la fregate suedoise 
VEugene, en 1851-53. Observations Scientifiques, Pbysique, 



^ 108 — 

Hydi'Ographle, et Meteorologle. Stockholm, 1858-61. 2 part. 
4to. 

Snow (Rev. Benjamin G.). — Mwo sasu ma sou semisla. Gospel of St. 
John in the Kusaien dialect. Honolulu, n. d. B. (H. C.) 

SouLEYET. — See Eydoux et Souleyet. 
Sparks (Jared). — See Ledyard. 
Spkengel (Chr.). — See La Perouse. 

Spring (Gardner). — Memoirs of the Rev. S. J. Mills. New York, 

1820. 

Stanley (Earl of Derby). — On the breeding of the Sandwich Island 
Goose. [Proceedings of the Zoological Society, Vol. 11., p. 41.] 
London. 

Staley (Thos. Nettleship). — A Pastoral Address, by the Rt. Rev. 
the Bishop of Honolulu, with Notes, and a Review of the 
recent work of the Rev. R. Anderson, D. D., entitled, " The 
Hawaiian Islands." Honolulu, Government Press, 1865. 
8vo. pp. 68. B. (H. C.) 

See Alexander (W. D.). 

Five Years' Church Work in the Kingdom of Hawaii. By the 

Bishop of Honolulu. With illustrations. London, Oxford and 
Cambridge, 1868. cr. 8vo. pp. 126. B. 

Statute Laws. See Kanawai. 

Regulations respecting Ships, Vessels, and Harbors. Honolulu. 

n. d. 12mo. 

Steen Bille. — Beretning om corvetten Galathea's. Reise omkring 
Jorden, 1845-47. Copenhagen, 1849-51. 3 vols. 8vo. Maps 
and pi. 

Bericht iiber die Reise der corvette Galathea um die Welt, in 

den Jahren 1845-47, von Dr. W. Rosen. Leipzig, 1852. 2 
vols. 8vo. 

Steen Bille arrived at Honolulu Oct. 5th, 1846, and left Hilo, Nov. 16. 

Stewart (Rev. Chas. Samuel). — Private Journal of a Voyage to the 
Pacific Ocean, and a Residence at the Sandwich Islands, in 
the years 1822-25. Neio York, 1828. 12mo. pp. 406. 
lUus. A. 

Second edition, with an Introduction by Rev. Wm. Ellis. New 

York, John P. Haven, 1828. (H. C.) 8vo. pp. 320. 

Abridgement. .Dublin, 1830. 

Fifth edition. Boston, 1839. 12mo. pp. 348. A. 



— 109 — 

Stewart (Rev. Chas. Samuel). — A Visit to the Soutli Seas, in the 
U. S. ship Vincennes, during the years of 1829-30. New 
York and London, 1831. 2 vols. 12mo. A. 

Abridgement. London, 1832. 8vo. 

Stewart was on the Islands during this cruise, from Oct. 3d, 1829, 
to Nov. 24. 

Struthees (Rev. G.). — ^Memoirs of American Mssionaries, with an 
Introductory Essay. Glasgotv, 1834. 

Stukges (Rev. Albert A.). — ^Monen pan Jon ronmau me kajira wuk 
ion lal en Ponope. Gospel of St. John in Ponape dialect. 
Honolulu, 1862. 8vo. pp. 39. B. (II. C.) 

Taylor (Fitch ^Y.). — The Flag Ship, or a Voyage around the World, 
in the U. S. Ship CoZmH^ia, attended by her consort, thesloop- 
of-war John Adanis, etc. Neiv York, 1840. 2 vols. 12mo. 

Temperance Society, The Hawaiian. — Review of Mr. Wyllie's 
Address to the Legislature on the expediency of reducing the 
duties on Brandy, etc. Honolulu, Government Press, 1850. 
8vo. pp. 16. 

Thiercelin. — Journal d'un Baleinier, Voyage en Oceanie. Paris, 
1866, 2 vols. 18mo. 

Thomassy (R.). — Missions et Pecheries, ou Politique maritime et relig- 
ieuse de la France. Paris, 1853. 8vo. 

Thompson (M. L. P.).— See Tinker. 

Threlkeld (L. E.). — A Key to the Structure of the Languages spoken 
by the Aborigines in the vicinity of Hunter River, N. S. 
Wales; together with comparisons of Polynesian and other 
dialects. Sydney, 1850. 

Thurston (Rev. A.). — O ka hoike honua no ka Palapala Hemolele. 
Sacred Geography, from Worcester. Lahainaluna, 1834. 
1 6mo. pp. 100. 2d edit. (H. C.) 

TiLLEY (Arthur H.). — Japan, the Ambor and the Pacific, with notices, 
of other places comprised in a Voyage of Circumnavigation 
in the Imperial Russian corvette Rynda, in 1858-60. London 
1861.. 

Tinker (Rev. R.). — Sermons, with a Biographical Sketch by L. P. 
Thompson. New York, 1856. 

Townsend (John K.). — Narrative of a Journey across the Rocky 
Mountains to the Columbia River, and a Visit to the Sandwich 



— 110 — 

Islands, Chili, etc.; with a Scientific Appendix. Philadelphia, 
1839. 8vo. 

Tkacy (Rev. Jos.). — History of the American Board of Commissioners 
for Foreign Missions; compiled chiefly from the Documents of 
the Board. Worcester, 1840. Svo. 

2d Edition. Boston and New York, 1842. Map. 

TuRNBULL (John). — Voyage round the World in 1800-04, in which the 
Author visited the principal Islands in the Pacific Ocean, and 
the English settlements of Port Jackson and Norfolk Island. 
London, 1805. 3 vols. 12mo. 

. 2d Edition. Philadelphia, 1810. 

3d Edition, with many additions. London, 1813. 4to. 

TunibuU an-ived at the Islands, Dec. I7th, 1802, and left Jan. 21st, 
1803. 

Tyerman (Eev. Dax.) and Bexxett (George). — Journal of Voyages 
and Travels in the South Sea Islands, China, etc. Deputed 
by the London Missionary Society to visit their various 
stations, between the years 1821-29. Compiled from original 
Documents by James Montgomery. Londoii, 1831. 2 vols. 
Svo. Portr. and figs. 

2d Edition. London, 1840. 

3d Edition. Rostov, 1832. 3 vols. 12mo. 

Tyemian and Bennett arrived at the Islands in April, 1822. 

Ui Kamalii no na Kula Sabati. — Catechism. Honolulu, H. M. W. , 
1865. Svo. Illus. 

Ui NO KE Akua. — Catechism. Honolulu, 1862. 12mo. 

Ui NO KA MoooLELo Kahiko A KE Akua, He. — Honolulu, M., 1832. 
ISmo. pp. 56. B. (H. C.) 

Ui no ka olelo a ice Akua, He. — Honolulu, M., 1825. 18mo. pp. 8. 
Old orthography. 

Vahi Hoike Katolika. — Honohdu, C. M., 1841. 12mo. pp. 40. 
(A. B. C. F. M.) 

Vahi Katekimo, He. — Honohdu, C. M., 1842. ISmo. pp. 16. 
(A. B. C. F. M.) 

— ^ SeeWahi. 

Vaillaxt. — Voyage autour du monde, execute pendant les annees 
1836-37, sur la corvette la Bonite, commande par M. Vaillant, 



— Ill — 

publie par orclre du Rol. Paris, Arthus Bertrand, 1839. 3 
vols. 8vo, et album de 100 pi. 

Vancouver (Capt. George). — A Voyage of Discovery to the North 
Pacific Ocean and round the World, undertaken by his 
Majesty's command, principally with a view to ascertain the 
existence of any navigable communication betw^een the North 
Pacific and North Atlantic Oceans, and performed in the 
years 1790-95, in the Discovery sloop-of-war and armed tender 
Chatham, under the command of Captain George Vancouver. 
London, 1798. 3 vols. 4to, and atlas fol. 34 pi. 

— 2d Edition; corrected. London, 1802. 6 vols. 8vo. 19 views 

and maps. 

Voyage de decouvertes a 1' Ocean Pacifique du Nord et autour du 

monde, execute en 1790-95, par le Capitaine G. Vancouver; 
traduit de I'anglais par Morellet et Demeunier. Paris, Impr. 
de la Eepub. an VIII. (1800). 3 vols. 4to, avec 18 figs., et 
atlas fol. de 16 cartes. 

Voyage, etc., traduit par Fleury. Paris, an VIII. 3 vols. 4to, 

et atlas fol. 

2d Edition. Pam, Didot, an X. (1802). 5 vols. 8vo,et atlas 

foi. 

Vancouver arrived at Kealakeakua, March 2d, 1792, left Niihau on 
the 16th, returned Feb. 12th, 1793, remahiing six weeks, and again 
spent nine weeks at the Islands from Jan. 9th, 1794. 

Vigors (N. A.). — On a new species of Barnacle Goose, Bernicla sand- 
vicensis. [Proceedings of the Zoological Society, Vol. I., p. 
65.] London. 

ViRGix (C. A.). — Kongliga Svenska Fregatten Eugenics, Eesa omkring 
Jorden, 1851-53, under befal af C. A. Virgin. Stockholm, 
1856-61. 9 part. 4to. 

Voyage autour du monde sur la fregate suedoise VEugenie, exe- 

cute pendant les annees 1851-53. Stockholm, 1858-61. 2 
parts. 4to. 

German translation. Berlin, 1856. 

Zoologie du Voyage autour du monde de la fregate sue'doise 

VEugenie, en 1851-53. Annelldes et Insectes. Stockholm, 
1858. 4to. 

N. J. Anderssoui En werldsomsegling skildrad i bref, under 

expedltionen med Fregatten Eugenie, aren 1851-53. Stock- 
holm, 1853-54. 3 vol. 

Virgin arrived at Honolulu June 22d, 1852, left Julj' 3d, and returned 
for two days in August. 



112 



Volcanic Phenomeka. — See Brigham, Coan, Couthouy, Dana, Ellis, 
Goodricli, Green, Haldeman, Haskell, Hoffman, Jackson, 
Kelly, Lyman, Mann, Parker, Perrey, Stewart, etc. 

Voyages. — Nouvelles Annales des, de la Geogi-apbie, etc., publiees sous 
la direction de V. A. Maltebrun. 
See; 1850, t. H., p. 129;— 1853, t. H., p. 318;— 1856, t. HI., 
p. 199, and t. IV., p. 15;— 1859, t. HI, pp. 166, 341;— 1860, 
t. H., p. 67;— 1861, t. n.,p. 104;— 1862, t. IV., pp. 86, 257;— 
1865, t. II., p. 242, and t. HI, p. 308;— etc. 

Arranged in chronological order. 



1778- 


■79. 


, Cook. 




1829, 


Stewart, Paulding. 


1786- 


■86. 


Portlock and Dixon 
Perouse. 


, La- 


1831. 


Meyen, Eeynolds, War- 
riner. Fanning. 


1788. 




Meares. 




1834. 


Bennett. 


1789. 




Mortimer. . 




1836. 


Wheeler, Ruschenberger, 


1791. 




Marchaud. 






Vaillant, Barrot. 


1791- 


-93. 


Colnett. 




1837. 


Belcher, Du Petit-Thou- 


1792- 


■94. 


Vancouver. 






ars, Townsend. 


1796. 




Brougliton. 




1838. 


Loewenstern, Taylor, La- 


1802. 




Turnbull. 






place. 


1803. 




Cleveland. 




1840. 


Wilkes, Olmstead, Dana, 


1804. 




Krusenstern, Lisianski, 




Pickering. 






Langsdorff. 




1842. 


Simpson. 


1806. 




Mariner. 




1844. 


Hines. 


1809. 




Campbell, Delano. 




1846. 


Waljiole, Steen Bille. 


1815- 


■17. 


Corney. 




1847. 


Kellett, Seeman. 


1816. 




Kotzebue, Cliamisso, 
ris. 


Cbo- 


1848. 


Wise, Wood (W. M.), 
Colton. 


1819. 




Freyclnet, Arago. 




1849. 


Hill, Perkins. 


1822. 




Matbison, Tyerman 


and 


1852. 


Virgin, Andersson. 






Bennet. 




1853. 


Bates, Gerstaecker. 


1824. 




Kotzebue. 




1854. 


Febvrier Despointes. 


1825. 




Byron, Morrell. 




1855. 


Egerstroem. 


1826. 




Beechey. 




1859. 


Tilley, Aylmer. 


1828. 




Duhaut-Cilley, Lafond de 


1864-65, 


, Brigham, Mann. 



Lurcy. 

Wahi mau NiELE NO KA PALAPALA iiONUA. — Geographical Question 
Book. 2d Edition. Lahainaluna, 1837. 12mo. pp. 44. 
(A. B. C. F. M.) 

Waiii Mooolelo, He, no ta hoomainoino ia ana o ta poe Kiritiano ma 
te aupuni Anamita, mai ta hoolaha ana o ta evanelio malaila a 
biti i tela va. Hoi olxlu, C. M., 1857. 8vo. pp. 20. B. 
(H. C.) 

See Vahi. 



— 113 — 

Walckenaer.— Le Mon3e maritime ou tableau geographique et liistor- 
ique de I'Archipel'de I'Orient, etc. 4 vol. Paris, Breton. 

Walpole (F.). — Four years in H. M. sMp Collingwood. London, 1849. 
2 vols. 8vo. 

Four years in the Pacific from 1844 to 1848, -vvith Sports and 

Adventures among the Islands. London, 1850. 2 vols. 8vo. 
lUus. 
Walpole arrived Aug. 6th, and left Sept 8th, 1846. 

Warrixer (Fr.). — Journal of a cruise in the U. S. frigate Potomac. 
round.the world, in 1831-34, Neio York, 1835. 12mo. 

At the Islands in 1832. 

Washburn (I., Jun.). — The Sandwich Islands. Speech in the U. S. 
House of Representatives, Jan. 4th, 1854. Washington. 8vo, 
pp.7. (H. C.) 

Webber (Jas.). — ^ Views in the South Seas, from drawings by the late 
James Webber, from the year 1775 to 1780. London, ^oy- 
dell, 1808. Fol. 16 pi. col. 

Wheeler (Daniel). — Extracts from the Letters and Journals of T>. 
Wheeler, now engaged in a Religious Visit to some of the 
Islands of the Pacific Ocean, Van Diemen's Land and New 
South Wales. London, 1839. 8vo. 

2d Edition. Philadelphia, 1840. 8vo. 

Abridgement. Philadelphia, 1859. 

Wheeler arrived at the Hawaiian Islands Dec. 26th, 1835, and left 
June 16th, 1836. 

Whitney (Rev. Samuel). — He Hoike Honua. From Woodbridge's 
Geography. Honolulu, M., 1836. 12mo. pp. 203. 

2d Edition, 1845. 62 woodcuts. B. (H. C.) 

He mau Haawina no ka Palapala Hemolele. Bible Class Book. 

Lahainaluna, ISSd. 2 vols. 12mo. pp. 36, 40. 

Hoike uhane. Child's Book on the Soul; trans, from Gallaudet. 

Honolulu, M., 1840. 18mo. pp. 66. Vol. L (H. C.) 

and Richards. — Hoike Honua. Geography. Honolulu, M., 

1832. 12mo. pp. 40. 

Wilkes (Charles). — ^Narrative of the United States Exploring Expe- 
dition, executed in the years 1838 to 1842, under the command 
of Charles Wilkes, U. S. N. Philadelphia, 1845. 5 vols. 4to. 
Maps and illus. 

2d Edition, 1849. 5 vols. 8vo. Illus. 

3d Edition. Neio York, 1852. 5 vols. 8vo. Maps, 111 pi. 

on steel and 300 woodcuts. 



114 



Wilkes (Charles). — 4th Edition. Neio Yoric^ 1856. .5 vols. Large 
8vo. 14 maps, 64 pi., 47 vignettes on steel, and 250 woodcuts. 

Abridgement. London, 1845. 8vo. 

Voyage round the World, embracing the principal events of the 

Narrative of the United States^Exploring Expedition. New 
ro?'Z:, 1851. 8vo. 170illus. 

Lights and Shadows of a Sailor's Life, being a Narrative of the 

United States Exploring Expedition. Boston, 1847. 

Wilkes arrived at the Islands Sept. 24th, 1840. 

Meteorology of the United States Exploring Expedition. Journal 

of Meteorological Observations. Philadelpliia, 1851. 4to. 
25 woodcuts. Map and 24 pi. 

Williams (John). — Narrative of Missionary Enterprises in the South 
Sea Islands, with Remarks on the Natural History of the 
Islands, Origin, Languages, Traditions and Usages of the 
Inhabitants. London, 1837. 8vo. Map and illus. 

■ 1st American Edition. Neio York, D. Appleton & Co., 1837. 

8vo. pp. 525. B. 

WiLTBERGER (C). — Temperance Map. Laliainaluna, 1843. iSmo. pp. 
16. B. (H. C.) 

Wise. — Los Gringos; or, an Inside View of Mexico and California, with 
Wanderings in Peru, Chili and Polynesia. New York and 
London, 1849. 

2d Edition. New York, 1857. 12mo. 

At the Islands in September, 1848. 

Wizard of the North. — A series of Letters published in the Aber- 
deen " Herald." 

Wood (Rev. Geo. W.). — Special Report on Interference in Foreign 
Missions presented to the A. B. C. F. M., Sept., 1866. Boston, 
1866. 8vo. pp. 12. (H. C.) 

Wood (Dr. R. W.). — Sandwich Islands: Climate, Population, Govern- 
ment, Productions, Commerce, Reciprocity Treaty with the 
United States. [De Bow's Commercial Review, etc., March, 
1857.] Washington. 

Wood (Dr. W. M.). — Wandering Sketches of People and Things in 
South America, Polynesia, California, and other places visited 
during a cruise in the U. S. ships Levant, Porlsmoutli and 
Savannah. Philadelphia, 1849. 8vo. 



— 115 — 

Wyllie (Robert Crichton). — Notes on the Shipping, Trade, Agri- 
culture, CHmate, Diseases, Religious Institutions, Civil and 
Social Condition, Mercantile and Financial Policy of the 
Sandwich or Hawaiian Islands, viewed in relation to other 
Groups of Islands, and to the natural and acquired advantages 
of the Sandwich or Hawaiian Islands. Honolulu, 1845. 8vo. 

See " Friend," May, 1845, etc., and " Colonial Magazine," London, 1846. 

Address to the House of Representatives of the Hawaiian 

Kingdom by Robert Crichton Wyllie, Minister of Foreign 
Relations. Honolulu, 1850. 8vo. pp. 41. See Temperance 
Society. 

See Correspondence ; and Reports. 

Zimmerman (Heinrich). — Reise um die Welt mit Capit. Cook 
Gottingen, 1781. 8vo. 

Dernier Voyage du Capt. Cook autour du monde, ou se trouve 

les circonstances de sa mort, par H. Zimmerman, temoin 
oculaire, traduit etc. par Roland. Berne, 1782. 8vo. 

Zoology. — See Bennett, Brandt, Cassin, Chamisso, Dana, Eschscholtz, 
Eydoux et Souleyet, St. Hilaire, Gould, Gray, Haldeman, 
Hinds, Kittlitz, Laurent, Peale, Quoy et Gaimard, Richardson, 
Virgin. 



116 



HE MELE LAHUI HAWAII, 



is:e iS/fliELE A. is/iE isr-A_ :e3:tj.^2s^eIjE, 



HAKUIA E 



MRS. LILIA K. DOMINIS. 



Moderato. 



f^=dv 



SiE^; 



-9 « «- 



:^ 



SE3^3==f 



j^^Em^=^^^. 



Ka Ma - ku - a Ma - na Loa, Ma - li - u mai ia 



-^ -•- . -^- 






_^. 



iefe 



-|2 ©- 




ma - kou E ha - li - u a - ku nei Me ka na - an ha - a - 



_lt_ 



zgj=- r fciJil igE 



g-g^^ 



v-L 



:^=t 



-a- 



A M J — /m ^ 



-«- 



M «_ 



haa. E man ka ma - lu 






:^: 



hia, 






H 



nei 



Pae Ai - 



■-/ H- 



— 117 









m 



na, Mai Ha-wai - i a 
-ei--e- -s-'-e-~9- 



-/-¥- 






/ 
Nil 



^ 



- O 9- 



^ 



-S-O- 



^ifEM 



i^^» 



hau Ma - la - lo o kou - ma- 



i^r*^ 



1^= 



:^=^^ 



ji^itziz^^ 



V=:f— 1^" 



B — <B 1® -f 

izztuzLnid: 







-«!- 



^ 



lS:^ 



W=f=^ 



s 



s 



r^^ii^Ei 



111 E mail ka Ea o ka Ai - na, Ma ' 

K. -9- I I 



kou 



-^- 



po - no 









mau a ma-kou ma-na nui, E o - la, e o - la ka Mo- i 



l^iE^t 



:«L^ -#- 



««^ 



^-a l i^ <<- 



.»- -le. 



=^F^ 



±i|=d=t 



i;r°"^ 



19 — B-F o — o — g — 9 — »— -^F- 



Malalo kou aloha nui, 
Na' Lii ke Aupuni, 
Me na Makaainana, 
Ka lehulehu no a j)au ; 
Kiai mai ia lakou 
Me ke aloha ahonui ; 
E ola no makou 
I kou mana man. 
Hooho. — E mau ke ea o ka aina 
A pela aku. 



— 118 



AETICLES OF OE fANIZATION 



HAWAIIAN CLUB 



I. The name of tliis Association sliall be the Hawaiian Club. 
II. Its, object shall be to promote social intercom-se among the 
friends of Hawaii, resident in or visiting Boston and vicinity, and to 
advance the interests of the United States at the Hawaiian Islands, and 
the welfare of the Hawaiian nation, by collecting and diffusing informa- 
tion bearing thereupon, and by all other honorable means. 

in. The members of the Club shall be those persons in attendance 
upon the meeting at which the Club shall be organized, who shall sign 
these Articles, with such others as may at any properly called meeting 
thereafter be elected by ballot. Two ballots in opposition to any one 
nominated shall defeat his election. Honorary members may be elected 
in the same manner, and under the same restriction. 

IV. The officers of the Club shall be a President, a Vice-President, 
a Secretary, who shall act as Treasurer, and two Directors, who together 
shall constitute an Executive Committee, and who shall manage the 
affairs of the Club, and direct about the collection and disbursement of 
funds, and the publication of documents. They shall hold office for one 
year, and until their successors shall have been appointed. 

V. The annual meeting of the Club shall be held on the third 
Wednesday of January of each year, at which meeting the officers for 
the ensuing year shall be chosen by ballot. There shall be a regular 
meeting of the Club on the third Wednesday of each month. Special 
meetings may be called by the President. Five shall constitute a 
quorum. 

VI. The expenses of the Club for stationery, publications, etc., 
shall be met by voluntary contributions. 

VII. These Articles can be amended at any duly called meeting. 



^V" 




/^ 



— 119. 



AWAIIAN CLUB 



\ 



OFFICERS FOR 18«8. 

President, James Hunnewell. 
Vice President, James F. B. Marshall. 
Secretary and Treasurer, Edward P. Bond. 
Directors, Charles Brewer, Benjamin Pitman. 

■[ ( William T. Brigham, 

Plditing Committee, } James F. Hunnewell, 
, ( Saneord B. Dole. 



Original Members, January 19, 1868. 



^ 

»/ 



Edward P. Bond, 
George Brayton, 
Charles Brewer, 
Edward M. Brewer, 
G. D. Oilman, 
jJlm^es HunneweU^^'- 
' PetCT Cv-^Jfetes; 



, ^ James N. Lindsey, 



/ 

( 



Charles H. Lunt, 
David B. Lyman, 
Jamfcs F. B. Marshall, 
Benjamin Pitman, 

Wm. Franklin Snow, 
Dalvid M. Weston, 



Hiram B.> White. 



William Andrews, 
William N. Armstrong, 
Samuel C. Armstrong, 
William P. Avis, 
Stephen Bailey, 
Daniel C. Bigelow, 
William T. Brigham, 
Wesley Burnham, 
Henry A. P. Carter, 
Titus M. Coan, 
George S. Cushing, 
Sanford B. Dole, 
James R. Dow, 
Justin Emerson, 
Nathaniel B. Emerson, 



Warren Goodale, 
James D. Hague, 
S. Holmes, 

James F. Hunnewell, 
John Q. A. Johnson, 
Henry M. Lyman, 
Horace Mann, 
Charles Pickering, 
William Eeyuolds, 
Augustus Russ, 
John A. Sleeper, 
Edwin Stevens, 
John W. Sullivan, 
James B. Williams, 
Robert W. Wood. 



ifr^ 



^ 



Lb A. Or 



^-^ 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 



020 646 334 A 



